LACUS_Fora by xiaohuicaicai

VIEWS: 72 PAGES: 214

									                                                                                                                           SPECIAL             FORUM
NUM   AUTHOR                    TITLE                                                PAGES    SECTION                      DESIGNATION         #     YEAR
                                Fact or Opinion: A Sociolinguistic View of Native-
28.01 Boberg, Charles           Speaker Intuitions As Evidence in Linguistics        3-13     I. Featured Lectures         Invited Lecture        28   2001
                                Evidence in Linguistics: Three Approaches to                                               Presidents' Post-
28.02 Gries, Stefan Th.         Genitives in English                                 17-31    I. Featured Lectures         Doctoral Prize         28   2001
                                Evidence for First Language Attrition in Russian                                           Presidents' Pre-
28.03 Yoel, Judith              Sign Language in Israel                              35-39    I. Featured Lectures         Doctoral Prize         28   2001
                                A Corpus Study on the (Non-)Physicality of
28.04 Coleman, Douglas W.       Linguistic Observations                              43-50    II. The Nature of Evidence                          28   2001
                                Linguistics As an Empirical Science: The Status of
28.05 Duffley, Patrick J.       Grammaticality Judgments in Linguistic Theory        51-58    II. The Nature of Evidence                          28   2001
                                Morphological Patterns of Terms in Neuroscience
28.06 Hartnett, Carolyn G.      and Particle Physics                                 59-68    II. The Nature of Evidence                          28   2001

28.07 Herrick, Earl M.          Plato and Aristotle Versus Writing                   69-76    II. The Nature of Evidence                          28   2001
                                A Sound-Meaning Relationship As Evidence for
28.08 Hogan, John T.            Error-Control Coding in Language                     77-87    II. The Nature of Evidence                          28   2001
                                Types of Evidence for a Realistic Approach to
28.09 Lamb, Sydney M.           Language                                             89-101   II. The Nature of Evidence                          28   2001

28.10 Mukherjee, Joybrato       The Scope of Corpus Evidence                         103-114 II. The Nature of Evidence                           28   2001
                                Measuring Up to Expectations: What Constitutes
28.11 Quay, Suzanne             Evidence in Child Language Research?                 115-123 II. The Nature of Evidence                           28   2001

28.12 Sullivan, William J.      A Plausible Contradiction                            125-132 II. The Nature of Evidence                           28   2001

      Weasenforth, Donald &     Evidential Reliability in Pragmatics: A Comparison
28.13 Sigrun Biesenback-Lucas   of Ethnographic and Elicitation Approaches         133-144 II. The Nature of Evidence                             28   2001

28.14 Yngve, Victor             Issues in Hard-Science Linguistics               145-153 II. The Nature of Evidence                               28   2001
                                Classical Arabic Vs. Dialects: A Comparative             III. The Application of
28.15 Alsadeqi, Fa'eqa          Study                                            157-164 Evidence                                                 28   2001
                                Pronominal Evidence in Slavic and the Meaning of         III. The Application of
28.16 Bacz, Barbara             Cases                                            165-172 Evidence                                                 28   2001
                                                                                         III. The Application of
28.17 Bennett, David C.       Toward a Better Understanding of Clitic Systems    173-187 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              The More Things Change: The Limits of Solutions            III. The Application of
28.18 Bowie, David            to the Actuation Problem                           189-196 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              Evidence for the Imperative as a Speech-Act                III. The Application of
28.19 Dolinina, Inga B.       Category                                           197-208 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              Negative-Imperative Clitic Placement in Italian:           III. The Application of
28.20 Franck, Floricic        Syntax or Phonology?                               209-220 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              Language Shift in Progress: Evidence From                  III. The Application of
28.21 Gao, Liwei              Mandarin Chinese/English Codeswitching             221-231 Evidence                                     28   2001
                                                                                         III. The Application of
28.22 Griffen, Toby D.        Reconstructing Ogam *P                             233-238 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              Durational Properties of Syllables as Potential            III. The Application of
28.23 Guilbault, Christian    Evidence for Rhythmic Pattern in L2 Acquisition    239-249 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              On the Superiority of Tonetic Over Segmental
                              Phonetic Evidence: An Original Reanalysis of               III. The Application of
28.24 Hagman, Roy S.          Khoekhoe Tone                                      251-255 Evidence                                     28   2001
      Hwang, Shin Ja J. &                                                                III. The Application of
28.25 Jonathan Lathers        Discourse Structure of Two Parables                257-266 Evidence                                     28   2001
                                                                                         III. The Application of
28.26 Kadooka, Ken-Ichi       Onomatopoeia Markers in Japanese                   267-275 Evidence                                     28   2001
                              What Constitutes Acoustic Evidence of Prosody?
                              The Use of Linear Predictive Coding Residual               III. The Application of
28.27 Komatsu, Masahiko       Signal in Perceptual Language Identification       277-286 Evidence                                     28   2001
                                                                                                                   Presidents' Pre-
                              The LAH Particle in Singapore English: A                III. The Application of      Doctoral
28.28 Ler, Vivian Soon Lay    Relevance-Theoretic Approach                    287-296 Evidence                     Commendation       28   2001
                              What Language Stability Tells Us About Language         III. The Application of
28.29 MacKeracher, Mary S.    Change, and Vice Versa                          297-306 Evidence                                        28   2001
                                                                                      III. The Application of
28.30 Miyakoda, Haruko        Speech Errors: English Vs. Japanese             307-315 Evidence                                        28   2001
      Pu, Ming-Ming & Qing-                                                           III. The Application of
28.31 Hong Pu                 Spoken and Written Narratives                   317-328 Evidence                                        28   2001
                                                                                      III. The Application of
28.32 Schaefer, Steven        Prosodic Theory and Evidence in Oral Discourse 329-338 Evidence                                         28   2001
                             Geminates, NC Clusters, and Word-Medial CC           III. The Application of
28.33 Suh, Chang-Kook        Sequences in Ponapean                        339-346 Evidence                  28   2001
      Yamaguchi, Toshiko &                                                        III. The Application of
28.34 Magnús Pétursson       Evidence From the Icelandic Perfect          347-356 Evidence                  28   2001
                                           PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
EDITOR                       SUBTITLE      NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN         KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x

Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS      Houston, TX        2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x

Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x

Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x

Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., William J.   Evidence in
Sullivan & Arle R. Lommel    Linguistics   LACUS   Houston, TX   2002 0195-377x
                                                                                                                             SPECIAL             FORUM
NUM   AUTHOR                     TITLE                                                 PAGES    SECTION                      DESIGNATION         #     YEAR
                                 An Integrated Neurolinguistic Theory of                        I. Presidential and Prize-   2000 Presidential
27.01 Paradis, Michel            Bilingualism (1976-2000)                              5-15     Winning Lectures             Address                27   2000
                                                                                                I. Presidential and Prize-   Presidents' Post-
27.02 Gries, Stefan Th.          Particle Placement in English                         19-32    Winning Lectures             Doctoral Prize         27   2000
                                 Nobility in the History of Adjectives Ending in -IC            I. Presidential and Prize-   Presidents' Pre-
27.03 Kaunisto, Mark             and -ICAL                                             35-45    Winning Lectures             Doctoral Prize         27   2000

27.04 Achard, Michel             French ÇA and the Dynamics of Reference               47-62    II. Lexical Studies                                 27   2000
                                 What's in the Head? Metaphorical Expressions in
27.05 Bacz, Barbara              Polish and English                                    63-74    II. Lexical Studies                                 27   2000
                                 Data and Science in Introductory Linguistics
27.06 Coleman, Douglas W.        Textbooks                                             75-85    II. Lexical Studies                                 27   2000
                                 Verbs of Tolerance with the Gerund and the
27.07 Duffley, Patrick J.        Infinitive                                            87-92    II. Lexical Studies                                 27   2000

27.08 Eble, Connie               Fashionable YOU                             93-101 II. Lexical Studies                                             27   2000
                                 When Do Sciences Make Nouns From Verbs, and
27.09 Hartnett, Carolyn G.       When Don't They?                            104-112 II. Lexical Studies                                            27   2000

27.10 Katz, Aya                  Lexicalization and Opacity                     113-121 II. Lexical Studies                                         27   2000
                                 An Operator-Based Integration of Comprehension
27.11 Lonsdale, Deryle           and Generation                                 123-132 II. Lexical Studies                                         27   2000

                                 Given Vs. New Information Influencing Constituent
27.12 Peters, Julia              Ordering in the Verb-particle Construction        133-140 II. Lexical Studies                                      27   2000
                                 Does Synchrony Recapitulate Diachrony? A Case
27.13 Prideaux, Gary D.          Study from Japanese                               141-150 II. Lexical Studies                                      27   2000

27.14 Sypniewski, Bernard Paul   Categorizing English Superposition                    151-160 II. Lexical Studies                                  27   2000

27.15 Cummings, Michael          Iteration and Genre in a 19th-Century Novel           163-173 III. Discourse Studies                               27   2000

27.16 Dolinina, Inga B.          Verbal Reasoning and Brain Hemispheres                175-186 III. Discourse Studies                               27   2000
                                                                                                                         Presidents' Pre-
                                  Discourse Markers—Accessing 'Hearer-Old'                                               Doctoral
27.17 Feldman, Anna               Information: The Case of Russian ŽE                 187-201 III. Discourse Studies     Commendation       27   2000

27.18 Fögen, Thorsten             Ancient Theorizing on Nonverbal Communication       203-216 III. Discourse Studies                        27   2000

27.19 Griffen, Toby D.            The Grammar of the Pictish Symbol Stones            217-226 III. Discourse Studies                        27   2000
                                                                                                                         Presidents' Pre-
                                  Episode Transitions and Their Linguistic                                               Doctoral
27.20 Ji, Shaojun                 Encodings                                           227-236 III. Discourse Studies     Commendation       27   2000

27.21 Levin, Saul                 Poetic License, Embellished by Music                237-246 III. Discourse Studies                        27   2000
                                  Explicit/Implicit Modularity in Right Hemisphere
27.22 Mortimer, Jennifer          Pragmatics                                          247-258 III. Discourse Studies                        27   2000
                                  The Amplification Clause Root in San Miguel El
27.23 Pike, Evelyn G.             Grande Mixtec                                       259-269 III. Discourse Studies                        27   2000
      Baker, Wendy & Pavel        Does Perception Precede Production? Evidence
27.24 Trofimovich                 from Korean-English Bilinguals                      273-284 IV. Phonological Studies                      27   2000
      Bennett, David C., Zhang
      Jia-lu, Lü Shi-nan, Hu Xing-
      hui, Andris Abakuks &        Vowel Discrimination by Speakers of English,
27.25 Valérie Hazan                German, Japanese, Mandarin and Cantonese           285-296 IV. Phonological Studies                      27   2000
                                   Perception and Production in a Series of Related
27.26 Bowie, David                 Mergers                                            297-305 IV. Phonological Studies                      27   2000
                                   Phoneme and Grapheme: How Parallel Can They
27.27 Lockwood, David G.           Be?                                                307-316 IV. Phonological Studies                      27   2000
                                   Driving OT Constraints from Relational Network
27.28 Sullivan, William J.         Theory                                             317-325 IV. Phonological Studies                      27   2000

27.29 Wiltshire, Caroline R.      Syllabification in Parallel in Spanish              327-338 IV. Phonological Studies                      27   2000
                                          PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
EDITOR                    SUBTITLE        NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN         KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x

Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x

Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x


Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
Brend, Ruth M., Alan K.   Speaking and
Melby & Arle R. Lommel    Comprehending   LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2001 0195-377x
NUM     AUTHOR                     TITLE                                              PAGES
                                   Verbs and Their Objects and the One New Idea
26.01 Chafe, Wallace               Hypothesis                                         5-18
                                   Discourse Analysis and Psycholinguistics: Breaking
26.02 Prideaux, Gary D.            Down Barriers                                      21-33

26.03 Taboada, Maite               Cohesion as a Measure in Generic Analysis             37-51

      Batchelder, Eleanor Olds &
26.04 Atsuko Ohta                Rule Vs. Rote in Japanese Verb Inflection               55-56


26.05 Eble, Connie                 Lexicon À La Mode                                     67-72

                                   An Empirical Test of Analogical Modeling: The
26.06 Rytting, C. Anton            /K/~ø Alternation                                     73-84

                                   The Functional Definition of the Word and Word-
26.07 Shaumyan, Sebastian          Based Syntax                                          85-95

                                   Copular Constructions, Participant Roles, and the
26.08 Spruiell, William C.         Lexicon                                               97-108

                                   Semantic and Grammatical Superposition in
26.09 Sypniewski, Bernard Paul     English                                               109-116
                                   Word-Type Effects in the Lexical Processing of
26.10 Blekher, Marina              Different-Script Bilinguals                           119-129
      Gatto, Daniela & Lois M.     Error Patterns in the Storytelling of a Trilingual
26.11 Stanford                     Child                                                 131-142
                                   Right Hemisphere Involvement in the Processing of
26.12 Klepousniotou, Ekaterini     Figurative Meaning in Bilinguals                      143-149
                                   How Polyglots Enlarge the Lexicon of Their
26.13 Levin, Saul                  Primary Language                                      151-159
                                   The Role of Explicit Memory in Supporting the
26.14 Mortimer, Jennifer           Bilingual Lexicon                                     161-168
                                   Differential Localization of L1 and L2 Words in the
26.15 Riente, Lara                 Bilingual Brain: A Metatheoretic Study                169-176
                                   An Interlingual Priming Task for English-German
26.16 Schirmeier, Matthias K.      Bilinguals                                            177-186
      Smith, Martha & Elena        The Developing Lexicon: Morphosyntactic
26.17 Nicoladis                    Knowledge in Fifth Grade Children                     189-200

26.18 Thibeau, Thully             Mastering English Prepositions in Phrasal Verbs    201-210
                                  Lexicon-Syntax Interface: Evidence from the
26.19   Uziel-Karl, Sigal         Acquisition of Early Verbs in Hebrew               211-221
        David, Sophie & Danièle   Lexical Devices and the Construction of Objects: A
26.20   Dubois & Catherine Rouby Comparison Between Sensory Modes                    225-235
        Dubois, Danièle & Colette
26.21   Grinevald                 Denominations of Colors in Practices               237-245
                                  Meaning Change and Truth-Value-Based
26.22   Eckardt, Regine           Semantics                                          247-256
26.23 Engelberg, Stefan           Verb Meaning as Event Structure                     257-268
                                  Tensions Within and Around a Lexical Category:
26.24 Głaz, Adam                  Earth and Related Items                             269-280

26.25 Jordan, Michael P.           Lexical Anaphoric and/or Cataphoric Assessors      281-292
                                   Verb Meaning and Construction Sets: The Case of
26.26 Laffut, An & Kristin Davidse Caused NP-PREPP Relations                          293-304
                                   Icelandic Auxiliaries Hafa and Vera : A Semantic
26.27 Yamaguchi, Toshiko           Account                                            305-320
                                   First Names as Meaningful Units: Support for a
26.28 Young, Hilary                Usage-Based View of Language                       321-327


26.29 Collins, Janet Duthie       Dream of the Rood : An Internal Analysis            331-342


26.30 Cummings, Michael           A Cognitive-Spatial Model for Lexical Semantics     343-352
                                  Metaphor and Misery: Enhancing
      Volpe, Angela Della &       Psychotherapeutic Communication with Spanish-
26.31 Marlene Dobkin-de Rios      Speaking Clients                                    353-358

                                  Cluster Analysis and Stylistic Patterns in a Popular
26.32 Mills, Carl                 Genre                                                359-368

                                  Lexical Meanings: Between Grammar and the
26.33 Sharoff, Serge              Conceptual Model                                    369-380

                                  Semantic Variation in Nonstandard Forms of the
26.34 Šipka, Danko                Lexicon: A Cognitive Linguistic Case Study          381-391
                                  Directionals Versus Associated Motions in
26.35 Guillaume, Antoine          Cavineña                                            395-401

26.36 Janzen, Terry               The Role of Handshape in ASL Verbs                  403-412
                                  The Preservation of Paucal: An Early Grammatical
26.37 Sullivan, William J.        Split in Slavic                                     413-421
                                  Passives with SHOD-AN in Persian: A Lexical and
26.38 Vahedi-L, M-Mehdi           Syntactic Analysis                                  423-434
                                  Deverbal Nouns with Postmodifying Prepositional
26.39 Akimoto, Minoji             Phrases                                             437-444
                                  Linguistic Data and Its Uses: The Problem of
26.40 Coleman, Douglas W.         Conflating 'Data' and 'Examples'                    445-454

26.41 Hwang, Shin Ja J.           Multiple Functions of When-Clauses in Discourse     455-466
                                  Speakers' Judgements about the Lexical
26.42 Kabata, Kaori               Complexity of NI                                    467-478
                                  Cognitive Analysis of Zai in Mandarin Chinese and
26.43 Li, Wendan                  Its Use Through Time                                479-488
                                  Event Integration, The Semantics of the Particle
26.44 Zhang, Ren                  LE and 'Implicit' Resultatives in Chinese           489-500

26.45 Dawes, Elizabeth            Idioms: Variants, Modifications and Errors          503-512
26.46 Katz, Albert N.            Processing of Sarcastic Irony                        513-522
                                 The Serial Interactive Debate: Word Blend
26.47 Laubstein, Ann Stuart      Evidence                                             523-531
      Melinger, Alissa & Jean-   Evidence for the Shared Representation of Part-Of-
26.48 Pierre Koenig              Speech Information                                   533-541
                                 Connotation as a Factor in Lexical Choice in Media
26.49 Tsiang-Starcevic, Sarah    Coverage of the Yugoslavian Civil War                543-551
                               SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                        DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                         SUBTITLE
                                                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures            Invited Lecture         26 1999 Lommel                        The Lexicon
                               1999 Presidential               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures            Address                 26 1999 Lommel                        The Lexicon
                               Presidents' Pre-                Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures            Doctoral Prize          26 1999 Lommel                        The Lexicon

II. Theoretical Perspectives                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
on the Lexicon                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon

II. Theoretical Perspectives                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
on the Lexicon                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon

II. Theoretical Perspectives                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
on the Lexicon                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon

II. Theoretical Perspectives                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
on the Lexicon                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon

II. Theoretical Perspectives                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
on the Lexicon                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon

II. Theoretical Perspectives                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
on the Lexicon                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
III. The Multilingual                                             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexicon                                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IV. Lexical Acquisition                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IV. Lexical Acquisition                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IV. Lexical Acquisition                                 26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                            Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                            Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                            Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                                          26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &      Post-Doctoral             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization              Commendation    26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                              26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                              26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                              26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &      Post-Doctoral             Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization              Commendation    26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
V. Lexical Semantics &                                Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Categorization                              26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
VI. Lexicography & Other
Applications of Lexical                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Theory                                      26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
VI. Lexicography & Other
Applications of Lexical                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Theory                                      26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
VI. Lexicography & Other
Applications of Lexical                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Theory                                      26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
VI. Lexicography & Other
Applications of Lexical                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Theory                                      26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
VI. Lexicography & Other
Applications of Lexical                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Theory                                      26   1999 Lommel                       The Lexicon
VI. Lexicography & Other
Applications of Lexical                                 Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Theory                                      26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VII. Language-Specific                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Studies                             26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VII. Language-Specific                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Studies                             26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VII. Language-Specific                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Studies                             26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VII. Language-Specific                                  Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Studies                             26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VIII. Studies of Specific                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Items                               26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VIII. Studies of Specific                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Items                               26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VIII. Studies of Specific                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Items                               26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VIII. Studies of Specific                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Items                               26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VIII. Studies of Specific                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Items                               26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
VIII. Studies of Specific                               Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
Lexical Items                               26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                                        Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IX. Other Lexical Studies                   26   1999   Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IX. Other Lexical Studies   26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IX. Other Lexical Studies   26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IX. Other Lexical Studies   26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
                                      Melby, Alan K. & Arle R.
IX. Other Lexical Studies   26   1999 Lommel                     The Lexicon
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN         KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      2000 0195-377x
LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x
LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   2000 0195-377x
NUM   AUTHOR                       TITLE                                                  PAGES
                                   English and Human Morphology: 'Naturalness' in
25.01 Sullivan, William J.         Counting and Measuring                                 5-18

25.02 Lockwood, David G.           Phonetic and Phonemic Change Revisited                 21-37

25.03 Langacker, Ronald            Virtual Reality                                        41-69
                                   Path Directions in ASL Agreement Verbs are
25.04 Taub, Sarah F.               Predictable on Semantic Grounds                        73-86

25.05 Harrison, Colin J.           Temporal Binding and the Structure of Relations        89-101
                                   Reanalyzing the Japanese Coda Nasal in
25.06 Aoyama, Katsura              Optimality Theory                                      105-117
                                   Acoustic Versus Physiological Lenition: The
25.07 Griffen, Toby D.             Revised Motor Theory in Action                         119-126

25.08 Meira, Sérgio                Syllable Reduction and Ghost Syllables in Tiriyó 127-133
                                   Three-Case Prepositions in Polish: The Semantics
25.09 Bacz, Barbara                of PO                                            137-147
                                   The Function of 'Subject' in Locative Inversion
25.10 Duffley, Patrick J.          Constructions in English                         149-155

25.11 Katz, Aya                    External Possession in Hebrew                          157-162
                                   On the Bound Variable Interpretation of Pronouns
25.12 Lee, Gunsoo                  and Anphors                                            163-170
                                   Topic Prominence and Grammatical Realtions in
25.13 Müller-Gotama, Franz         Korean                                                 171-178
                                   The Emergence of So-Called 'Functional
                                   Categories' in English: A Case Study of Auxiliaries,
25.14 Peters, Ann M.               Modals and Quasi-Modals                                179-188
                                   Functional Sentence Perspective, Focus of
25.15 Cummings, Michael            Information and Semantic Relations                     191-200

25.16 Ibarretxe-Antuñano, Iraide   Predictable Vs. Unpredictable Polysemy                 201-211

25.17 Ruhl, Charles                Monosemic Take                                         213-222

25.18 Ziegeler, Debra              Almost , and Contrafactual Implicatures                223-234
      Chodorowska-Pilch,           Si Quieres as a Grammaticalized Politeness
25.19 Mariana                      Marker in Peninsular Spanish                           237-246

25.20 Der-Houssikian, Haig         Reduplication in Colloquial Western Armenian           247-253

25.21 Hwang, Shin Ja J.            The Forms and Functions of the Passive in Korean 255-267

      Ono, Tsuyoshi & Sandra A. Is Japanese GA a 'Subject Marker'?: Evidence
25.22 Thompson & Ryoko Suzuki From Conversation                                     269-276
                                Syntactic Encoding of Informational Distinctions in
25.23 Patman, Frankie           Nugunu                                              277-286

25.24 Prideaux, Gary D.            Forensic Aspects of Discourse Analysis                 287-296
                              History of an Idea: 4-Brainmind Evolution of
25.25 Alford, Dan Moonhawk    Language Model                                          299-310
                              The Neural Substrate of Perceptual and Recalled
25.26 Babitch, Rose Mary      Images as Cognitive Topics                              311-315
                              Local and Distributed Representation in Network
25.27 Lamb, Sydney            Models of Linguistic and Conceptual Structure           317-330
                              Central Aphasia and the Myth of G: Toward a
25.28 Straight, H. Stephen    Grammar-Free Linguistics                                331-347
                              The Magical Lexicon of Fighters and Lovers:
25.29 Hawkins, Bruce          Toward a Critical Cognitive Grammar                     351-362
                              Path Settings, Subjective Motion, and the Finnish
25.30 Huumo, Tuomas           Partitive Subject                                       363-374

                              On the Agent/Experiencer Continuum: A Cognitive
25.31 Kabata, Kaori           Approach to the GA/NI Alternation in Japanese           375-386
                              The Idiomatization and Grammaticalization of
25.32 Akimoto, Minoji         Complex Prepositions                                    389-397
      Volpe, Angela Della &   A Wee Dram of the Creature : Examining the
25.33 Michael McBroom         Semantic Link Between 'Animal' and 'Alcohol'            399-409
                              The Grammar of the 1635 Scottish Metrical
25.34 Collins, Janet Duthie   Psalter                                                 411-420

                               'Achilles' Grudge' and 'Grovelling Before the Lord':
25.35 Levin, Saul             Some Impediments to an Accurate Translation             421-431
                               'For Here Can Non Soche Be Hadde in This
25.36 Mills, Carl             Conttré': Auxiliaries on the Eve of Modern English      433-441
                              Small Clauses and Indirect Discourse in Latin
25.37 Rytting, C. Anton       Prose                                                   443-458
                              Assumptions, Hypotheses, and Theories in
25.38 Coleman, Douglas W.     'Applied' Vs. 'Theoretical' Linguistics                 461-472
                              The Influence of French on Quebec English:
                              Motivation for Lexical Borrowing and Integration of
25.39 Grant-Russell, Pamela   Loanwords                                               473-486
                              Applying Linguistics: An Analysis of Grammatical
25.40 Morris, Lori            Explanations Given by TESL Undergraduates               487-497
                      SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION               DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                       SUBTITLE
                      1998 Presidential               Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures   Address                 25 1998 Lommel
                      1997 Presidential               Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures   Address                 25 1998 Lommel
                                                      Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures   Invited Lecture         25 1998 Lommel
                      Presidents' Post-               Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures   Doctoral Prize          25 1998 Lommel
                      Presidents' Post-               Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
I. Special Lectures   Doctoral Prize          25 1998 Lommel
II. Phonetics and                                     Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Phonology                                     25 1998 Lommel
II. Phonetics and                                     Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Phonology                                     25 1998 Lommel
II. Phonetics and                                     Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Phonology                                     25 1998 Lommel
                                                      Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
III. Syntax                                   25 1998 Lommel
                                                      Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
III. Syntax                                   25 1998 Lommel
                                                      Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
III. Syntax                                   25 1998 Lommel
                                                      Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
III. Syntax                                   25 1998 Lommel
                                                      Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
III. Syntax                                   25 1998 Lommel

                                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
III. Syntax                                    25   1998 Lommel
                                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
IV. Semantics                                  25   1998 Lommel
                      Pre-Doctoral                       Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
IV. Semantics         Commendation             25   1998 Lommel
                                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
IV. Semantics                                  25   1998 Lommel
                                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
IV. Semantics                                  25   1998 Lommel
V. Discourse and                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Pragmatics                                     25   1998 Lommel
V. Discourse and                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Pragmatics                                     25   1998 Lommel
V. Discourse and                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Pragmatics                                     25   1998 Lommel

V. Discourse and                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Pragmatics                                     25   1998 Lommel
V. Discourse and      Pre-Doctoral                       Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Pragmatics            Commendation             25   1998 Lommel
V. Discourse and                                         Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Pragmatics                                     25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VI. Neurolinguistics          25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VI. Neurolinguistics          25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VI. Neurolinguistics          25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VI. Neurolinguistics          25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VII. Cognitive Linguistics    25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VII. Cognitive Linguistics    25   1998 Lommel

                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VII. Cognitive Linguistics    25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VIII. Historical Studies      25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VIII. Historical Studies      25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VIII. Historical Studies      25   1998 Lommel

                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VIII. Historical Studies      25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VIII. Historical Studies      25   1998 Lommel
                                        Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
VIII. Historical Studies      25   1998 Lommel
IX. Applied Linguistics and             Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Language Contact              25   1998 Lommel

IX. Applied Linguistics and             Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Language Contact              25   1998 Lommel
IX. Applied Linguistics and             Hwang, Shin Ja J. & Arle R.
Language Contact              25   1998 Lommel
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN         KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x


LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x

LACUS      Fullerton, CA      1999 0195-377x
LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x


LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x

LACUS   Fullerton, CA   1999 0195-377x
NUM   AUTHOR                   TITLE                                              PAGES
                               The Meaning-Text Approach to the Study of
                               Natural Language and Linguistic Functional
      Mel'chuk, Igor           Models                                             5-19



      Pu, Ming-Ming            The Organization and Production of Narrative       23-33

24.01 Griffen, Toby D.         The Invisible Consonants in Cynghanedd Poetry      37-43
                               A Phonetic Basis for Cross-Language Patterns in
24.02 Hogan, John T.           Vowel Rounding                                     44-52
                               Underspecification and Feature Geometry:
24.03 Sullivan, William J.     Theorems of a Reticular Theory of Language         53-65
                               The Syllabic Status of Postvocalic Resonants:
                               Evidence From Global Sound Similarity
24.04 Wiebe, Grace E.          Judgements                                         66-76
      Dolinina, Inga & David   The Dual Unselectivity of Adverbial-Quantifiers:
24.05 Beck                     The Case of Bella Coola                            79-89
                               An Ergative-Absolutive Distinction in the
24.06 Lommel, Arle R.          Hungarian Verbal Complex                           90-99
                               The (In)Explicable Duality of Being? On Two
24.07 Pawica, Michał           Types of Predicatives in Polish                    100-110

24.08 Rudanko, Juhani          Infinitival Subject Control and Corpus Evidence    111-124

24.09 Wallace, Ian W.          The Psychological Reality of the Small Clause      125-135

24.10 Williams, Darrell        Determinants of Relative Clause Heads in English 136-144
                               Discourse and the Making of Grammatical
24.11 Chen, Lilly Lee          Particles                                        147-160

24.12 Hewson, John             Four Kinds of Aspect                               161-170

                               Japanese Aspectual Compound Verbs and
24.13 Kodama, Tomiko           Transitivity                                       171-187
                               Some as an Expression of Approximation in
24.14 Duffley, Patrick J.      English: From Partitive to Approximative           191-197

24.15 Katz, Aya                Alternating Semantic Polarities                    198-206

24.16 Morris, Lori             A Toughish Problem: The Meaning of -ISH           207-215
                               Why Isn't Little the Opposite of Large ? Antonymy
24.17 Muhleisen, Victoria      and Semantic Range                                216-226

24.18 Ruhl, Charles            A Lucky Break                                      227-237

24.19 Yang, Insun              Object Marker in Korean                             238-250
                               Lexical Repetition and the Given/New Distinction in
24.20 Cummings, Michael        Written English                                     253-266
      Downing, Angela, JoAnne
      Neff, Marta Carretero,
      Elena Martínez-Caro,
      Soledad Pérez de Ayala,
24.21 Juana Marín & José Simón Structuring and Signalling Topic Management             267-278
                               Expository Discourse Schema for Scholarly
24.22 Hwang, Shin Ja J.        Electronic Messages                                     279-289

24.23 Jordan, Michael P.          Enabler-Enablement Relations in English              290-303

24.24 Mills, Carl                 Stylistics: The Case for Thematic Roles Reopened 304-315
                                  Changes in the Mental Representation of Events
24.25 Prideaux, Gary D.           Over Time                                        316-325

      Stanford, Lois M. & Sarah   Discourse Functions as a Significant Variable in
24.26 Tsiang-Starcevic            Do -Support Alternation in Shakespeare's English     326-339

24.27 Belyayeva Dina             A Psycholinguistic Analysis of Code-Switching         343-352
      Klerk, Vivian de & Barbara Language Shift in Post-Apartheid South Africa:
24.28 Bosch                      The Appeal of English                                 353-363


24.29 Mather, Patrick André       The Role of L1 Transfer in Language Change           364-374
                                  Narrative Strategies and Social Identity in Puerto
24.30 Uber, Diane Ringer          Rican Spanish                                        375-385
                                  The Reality of the Classification "Poetry" for Old
24.31 Collins, Janet Duthie       English                                              389-397

                                  The Lexical Incorporation and Grammaticalization
24.32 Copeland, James E.          of the Uto-Aztecan Word for 'Hand' in Tarahumara 398-411

24.33 Hodge, Carleton T.          Linguistics Applied                              412-420
                                  Clitic Duplication in Western Romance: A Case of
24.34 Kliffer, Michael            Grammaticalization                               421-434

      Baider, Fabienne & Agnès Verbal Metaphors and Nonverbal Metaphorics:
24.35 Romàn                    What Can They Teach Us?                                 437-444

                                  On The "Logicist" Paradigm in Linguistics and
24.36 Havas, Ferenc               Some of Its Possible Alternatives                    445-455


24.37 Levin, Saul                 Literacy Based Upon the Letter Names                 456-462

                                  Discourse Analysis: Its Continuing Relevance and
24.38 Longacre, Robert E.         Its Relation to Cognitive Studies                463-470


24.39 Yngve, Victor H.            Two Foundations for Linguistics Briefly Compared 471-477
                         SPECIAL              FORUM
SECTION                  DESIGNATION          #     YEAR EDITOR               SUBTITLE


I. Special Lectures      Invited Lecture         24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

                         Winner of the 1997
                         Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures      Doctoral Prize          24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                        24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                        24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                        24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                        24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

III. Syntax                                      24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

III. Syntax                                      24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

III. Syntax                                      24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

III. Syntax                                      24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

III. Syntax                                      24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

III. Syntax                                      24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

IV. Aspect                                       24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

IV. Aspect                                       24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
                         Presidents'
                         Predoctoral
IV. Aspect               Commendation            24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VI. Discourse Analysis                           24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse Analysis                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VI. Discourse Analysis                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VI. Discourse Analysis                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VI. Discourse Analysis                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VI. Discourse Analysis                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila


VI. Discourse Analysis                     24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
VII. Sociolinguistics and
Language Contact                           24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
VII. Sociolinguistics and
Language Contact                           24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
                            Presidents'
VII. Sociolinguistics and   Predoctoral
Language Contact            Commendation   24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
VII. Sociolinguistics and
Language Contact                           24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VIII. Historical Studies                   24   1997 Embleton, Sheila


VIII. Historical Studies                   24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VIII. Historical Studies                   24   1997 Embleton, Sheila

VIII. Historical Studies                   24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
IX. Theoretical,
Metatheoretical, and
Multidisciplinary Studies                  24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
IX. Theoretical,
Metatheoretical, and
Multidisciplinary Studies                  24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
IX. Theoretical,
Metatheoretical, and
Multidisciplinary Studies                  24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
IX. Theoretical,
Metatheoretical, and
Multidisciplinary Studies                  24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
IX. Theoretical,
Metatheoretical, and
Multidisciplinary Studies                  24   1997 Embleton, Sheila
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998



LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1998
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1998
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                              PAGES

23.01 Makkai, Valerie Becker      Correctness in Language: Political and Otherwise   5-25
23.02 MacWhinney, Brian           How the Brain Learns Language                      30-55
                                  Some Grammatical Evidence for Eurasiatic,
23.03 Greenberg, Joseph           Especially Pronominal                              59-65

23.04 Rashidi, Linda Stump        Functional Passive Rethought                       69-73

23.05 Lommel, Arle                Markedness Effects in Welsh Short Plural Forms     77-91
                                  Semantic Specification / Semantic Emergence:
23.06 Harrison, Colin             Against the Container Metaphor of Meaning          95-107
                                  Bidirectional Processing and Expanded Relational
23.07 Lamb, Sydney                Network Notation                                   109-124
                                  Lexical Access and Prototypes in Language
23.08 Prideaux, Gary D.           Production                                         125-134

23.09 Bengston, John D.           Basque and the Other Dene-Caucasic Languages 137-148

23.10 Hodge, Carleton T.          Indo-European *b                              149-155
                                  Complex Nuclei and Morphophonemic Abstraction
23.11 Lockwood, David G.          in Central Alaskan Yup'ik Eskimo              157-165

23.12 Pulju, Tim                  Indo-European 'jaw, cheek, chin'                   167-178
      Bradford, Christopher &
23.13 Alan Melby                  Redefining Language                                181-184
23.14 Gleason, Allan              '96 Theses                                         185-189
                                  Peircean Roots of Pragmatics and Pragmatic
23.15 Manning, Alan D.            Roots of the Human Language Facility               191-205
      Yngve, Victor H. & Daniel   Explorations in Human Linguistics Analysis: An
23.16 Brauner                     Alzheimer's Study                                  208-217
23.17 Katada, Fusa                The Nature of the Causee in Binding                221-230
                                  Collective and Distributive Marking, Or: Where
23.18 Kemmer, Suzanne             Unity Meets Multiplicity                           231-250
23.19 Rajabov, Ramazan            The Double-Accusative Construction in Tsez         251-258
                                  On the Semantics of Object Complement Control
23.20 Rudanko, Juhani             in English                                         259-265
23.21 Sullivan, William J.        A Third Source for Word Order                      267-278
23.22 Sypniewski, Bernard Paul    Functional Superposition                           279-287
                                  External Control in Causatives of English and
23.23 Tokunaga, Misato            Japanese                                           289-299
23.24 Tugwell, R. Michael         Grammaticalization in Mayoruna                     301-310
                                  On the Tarahumara Particle <pa>: An Optional
23.25 Copeland, James E.          Mode of Delimiting Information Segments            313-324
                                  Subtle Signalling of Logical Relations in News
23.26 Jordan, Michael P.          Reporting                                          325-340
                                  The Grammatical Structure of a New Guineau
23.27 Pike, Evelyn G.             Pidgin Procedural Discourse                        341-349
                                  Comparative Analysis of Spoken and Written
23.28 Song, Kyong-Sook            Naratives in Korean                                351-364
                                  An Alternative Account of Language Style and
                                  Code Choices: Audience Design and Speaker
23.29 Ying, Hongguang             Orientation                                         365-377

23.30 Akimoto, Minoji             Idiomatic Properties of Eighteenth Century English 381-388
                                  How 'Locative' is the Locative Case? On the
                                  Meaning of the Polish Prepositional Phrases with
23.31 Bacz, Barbara               the Locative                                       389-398

23.32 Volpe, Angela Della         On the Productivity of the -re Prefix in English    399-407
                                  Problems Concerning the Negation of the Modal
23.33 Duffley, Patrick J.         Auxilliary Must in English                          409-416

23.34 Morris, Lori                Time and Cause in the English Connector As         417-428
                                  An Investigation of Lexical Borrowings from French
23.35 Russel, Pamela              in Quebec English                                  429-439

23.36 Spruiell, William C.        A Lack of Alien Verbs: Coinage in Science Fiction   441-452
                                  Chiac: The Hybrid Vernacular of Mouncton
23.37 Babitch, Rose Mary          Acadian Teenagers                                   455-460
      Carlisle, Roberts S., Tom
      Charmley, Maritza
      Salgueiro-Carlisle &        Errors With Inflectional Morphemes in the English
23.38 Kathleen Bennett            Compositions of LEP Students                        461-474
                                  Semantic Prototypes and the Pragmatics of Lie
23.39 Cole, Shirley A.N.          Across Cultures                                     475-483
                                  Non-native Perception and Production of English
23.40 Gibson, Martha              Attitudinal Intonation                              485-493

23.41 Hwang, Shin Ja J.           Purpose Clauses in English and Korean               495-508
                                  Looking and Noticing as Culturally Specific
23.42 Pine, Nancy                 Behavior                                            509-520
                                  The Acquisition of Aspect in Past Tense French
23.43 Salaberry, M. Rafael        Among L2 Classroom Learners                         521-532
                                  The Case of Translation: The Short-Cummings of
23.44 Pawica, Michał              Polish                                              535-546
23.45 Avery, Thomas L.            Tagmemic Principles and Music Analysis              549-562
                                  Complex Object-Participle Agreement in Old
23.46 Carmack, Stanford           Catalan and Old Spanish                             563-573
                                  Pragmatics of Analyzing Compounds in Wulfstan's
23.47 Chapman, Don                Sermons                                             575-584

23.48 Chenoweth, Vida             The Emic-etic Distinction Applied to Music Analysis 585-594
23.49 Griffen, Toby D.            Pitch Accent, Cynghanedd , and Notionalism          595-600
                                  An Acoustic Phonetic Expanation for Cross-
23.50 Hogan, John T.              Language Patterns in Labialization                  601-607

23.51 Huang, Xiaozhao             Comparison of Direct Objects in Mandarin Chinese 609-617
                                  Standards to Differentiate Indigenous Words from
23.52 Ishii, Hiroshi              Loan Words: Japanese vs. Korean                  619-624
                                  Grammar as a Necessary Aid in Language
23.53 Levin, Saul                 Teaching                                         625-629
                               Iconicity and the Re-presentation of Information in
23.54 Mills, Carl              Discourse                                             631-643
      Regan, John & Zhang Wei-
23.55 Jiang                    'Edge of the Eye' Phenomenon                          645-656
                               The Pragmatics of Non-Adverbial There -Clauses
23.56 Rodman, Lilita           in Scientific Articles                                657-663

      Stanford, Lois M. & Sarah   Use and Diffusion of Auxilliary Do in Interrogatives
23.57 Tsiang-Starcevic            and Negatives in Shakespeare's English               665-682
23.58 Tsuchihashi, Shoko          History of Japanese Loanwords in English             683-692
                                  Consonant Cluster or Affricate? The Effects of
23.59 Wiebe, Grace E.             Syllable Position on Speakers' Judgements            693-704
                              SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                       DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR             SUBTITLE
                              1996 Presidential
I. Special Lectures           Address                23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
I. Special Lectures           Invited Lecture        23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

I. Special Lectures           Invited Lecture        23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
                              President's
I. Special Lectures           Doctoral Prize         23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
                              President's
I. Special Lectures           Predoctoral Prize      23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
II. Neurolinguistics &
Psycholinguistics                                    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
II. Neurolinguistics &
Psycholinguistics                                    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
II. Neurolinguistics &
Psycholinguistics                                    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
III. Historical-Comparative
Linguistics                                          23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
III. Historical-Comparative
Linguistics                                          23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
III. Historical-Comparative
Linguistics                                          23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
III. Historical-Comparative
Linguistics                                          23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

IV. Linguistic Philosophy                            23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
IV. Linguistic Philosophy                            23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

IV. Linguistic Philosophy                            23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

IV. Linguistic Philosophy                            23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
V. Syntactic Studies                                 23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

VI. Discourse Studies                                23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

VI. Discourse Studies                                23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

VI. Discourse Studies                                23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

VI. Discourse Studies                                23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VI. Discourse Studies     23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VII. Lexical & Semantic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.


VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
VIII. Cross-Linguistic
Studies                   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

IX. Literary Studies      23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics    23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
X. General Linguistics   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.


X. General Linguistics   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
X. General Linguistics   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.

X. General Linguistics   23   1996 Melby, Alan K.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S       COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY              YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997

LACUS       Chapel Hill, NC         1997
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997



LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1997
NUM   AUTHOR                       TITLE                                                PAGES
                                   Salience Schemes for Narrative Discourse; Some
      Longacre, Robert             Broader Concerns                                     5-14
      Longacre, Robert             Requiem for Lacus 1995: A Poem                       15
      Lehmann, Winfred P.          Agreement Languages                                  19-34
      Oller, John                  How Grammatic Relations Are Determined               37-88

                                   Divergence or Convergence: A Syntactic and
      Huang, Xiaozhao              Phonological Study of AAVE in "Middletown"           91-104

                                   Cognitive Strategies for Expression of the Copula:
      Katz, Aya                    A Crosslinguistic Approach                         107-115

                                   Cross-Cultural Factors in ESL Reading: The
      Shi, Yili                    Relevance of Relevance Theory                        119-130
                                   Syntactic Specification of Morphological
22.01 Lockwood, David              Categories: Government Versus Determination          133-143
22.02 Hwang, Shin Ja J.            The Grammar and Discourse of Relative Clauses        144-156
                                   The Copula in Tarahumara: Paths of
22.03 Copeland, James E.           Grammaticalization                                   157-166
                                   English Word Order Mechanisms: Information
22.04 Hartnett, Carolyn G.         Management Systems                                   167-176
                                   Study of the Arabic Sentence: A Tagmemic
22.05 Alsadeqi, Faeqa              Approach                                             177-182
22.06 Collins, Janet Duthie        An Analysis of Old English Poetic Syntax             183-196
22.07 Duffley, Patrick J.          A Linguistic Approach to Questions                   197-204
                                   Breakdown' in Coordination: How Agrees the Devil
22.08 Gelderen, Elly van           and Thee About My Soul?                              205-216

                                   Quotation Formulas of San Miguel El Grande
22.09 Pike, Evelyn G.              Mixtec: Their Structure, Distribution and Function   219-228


22.10 Malcolm, Karen               Discourse Structure and Communicative Power          229-238
                                   Topic Management Strategies in Spoken
                                   Discourse: Cognitive and Social Aspects of Topic
22.11 Song, Kyong-Sook             Shift in Korean                                      239-251
      Volpe, Angela Della, Edith
      Li, Stuart J. Ritterman, &
22.12 Sarah E. Williams            Cohesion Devices in Aphasic Discourse                252-259


22.13 Cole, Shirley A.N.           The Uses of Laughter in Dyadic Conversation          260-271

                                   The Formation of Complex Lexemes: A
22.14 Babitch, Rose Mary           Conceptual Analysis                                  275-282


22.15 Bacz, Barbara                Adverbials of Time and the Polish Case System        283-292
                                   Computational Analysis of Old English Lexical
22.16 Cummings, Michael            Cohesion                                                293-303


22.17 Ishii, Hiroshi               Japanese and Korean Basic Color Terms                   304-309


22.18 Akimoto, Minoji              Functional Change in P1+NP+P2 Phrases                   310-319

                              The Interface Between Morphology and
22.19 Abu-Mansour, Anas Hasan Phonology: The Case of Broken Plurals in Arabic              320-339
                              War and Peace - Spanish Versus English in San
22.20 Garcia, Mary Ellen      Antonio                                                      343-355
                              Arabic Influences on Spanish Syntax and
22.21 Allen, Andrew S.        Semantics                                                    356-361

22.22 Anzilotti, Gloria Italiano   Beyond English English                             362-376
                                   One Source of Lexical Transfer: 'Psychotypologies'
22.23 Coleman, Douglas W.          or Simplicity Criteria?                            377-388
      Rashidi, Linda Stump &
22.24 Zhan XiuQin                  Chinese Arguing in English                              389-395
                                   Language: A View From the Ranks of Science
22.25 Stanford, Lois M.            Fiction Fandom                                          399-410
                                   The Dramatic Value of the Verb in Character
22.26 Nameri, Dorothy E.           Creation: Macbeth (Shakespeare 1906)                    411-431
22.27 Griffen, Toby D.             Pitch and Vowel Reduction/Centralization                435-440
                                   The Extension of the Latin Alphabet to Represent
22.28 Levin, Saul                  the Sounds of Other Languages                           441-459
      Sullivan, W.J., J.
      Casagrande, & D.             The Causes of Irreversibility in Binomials: English,
22.29 Belyayeva                    French, and Russian                                     460-469
                                   Bimodal Communication: Borrowing, Code-
22.30 Messing, Lynn S.             Switching: Which?                                       470-479
                                   Verbal Accomplices: Auxiliaries, Style, and
22.31 Mills, Carl                  Discourse in English                                    480-486
                                   Zembian Linguistics: Dimensional (Vs.
22.32 Melby, Alan                  Conversational) and Open (Vs. Sealed)                   487-507
                                   Inclusive Language of the United Methodist
22.33 Ching, Marvin K.L.           Hymnal : Degrees of Success                             508-515
                                   Serial Versus Parallel Processing: The Status of
22.34 Prideaux, Gary D.            Minimal Attachment                                      516-524
                                   Entities and Effort: Toward an Alternative Simplicity
22.35 Spruiell, William C.         Metric                                                  525-536
                                   On the Treatment of Iconographic Reference in
22.36 Hawkins, Bruce W.            Cognitive Grammar                                       537-546
      Shaumyan, Sebastian &
22.37 Bernard Paul Sypniewski      Semiotic Analysis of Meaning                            547-556
                                   Renaming the Baltimore Oriole: Another Kind of
22.38 Levin, Saul                  "Correctness"                                           559-567
                              SPECIAL              FORUM
SECTION                       DESIGNATION          #     YEAR EDITOR              SUBTITLE
                              1995 Presidential
I. Special Lectures           Address                 22   1995   Hoffer, Bates
I. Special Lectures                                   22   1995   Hoffer, Bates
I. Special Lectures           Inaugural Lecture       22   1995   Hoffer, Bates
I. Special Lectures           Invited Lecture         22   1995   Hoffer, Bates
                              Winner of 1995
                              Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures           Doctoral Prize          22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
                              Winner of 1995
                              Presidents' Pre-
I. Special Lectures           Doctoral Prize          22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
                              Winner of 1995
                              Robert J. DiPietro
I. Special Lectures           Memorial Award          22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

II. Syntactic Studies                                 22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
III. Discourse Analysis and
Interpersonal
Communication                                         22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
III. Discourse Analysis and
Interpersonal
Communication                                         22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
III. Discourse Analysis and
Interpersonal
Communication                                         22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
III. Discourse Analysis and
Interpersonal
Communication                                         22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
III. Discourse Analysis and
Interpersonal
Communication                                         22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
IV. Lexical, Morphological
and Lexico-Semantic
Studies                                               22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
IV. Lexical, Morphological
and Lexico-Semantic
Studies                                               22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
IV. Lexical, Morphological
and Lexico-Semantic
Studies                       22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
IV. Lexical, Morphological
and Lexico-Semantic
Studies                       22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
IV. Lexical, Morphological
and Lexico-Semantic
Studies                       22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
IV. Lexical, Morphological
and Lexico-Semantic
Studies                       22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
V. Cross-Linguistic and
Cross-Cultural Studies        22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
V. Cross-Linguistic and
Cross-Cultural Studies        22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
V. Cross-Linguistic and
Cross-Cultural Studies        22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
V. Cross-Linguistic and
Cross-Cultural Studies        22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
V. Cross-Linguistic and
Cross-Cultural Studies        22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
VI. Literature and
Language Studies              22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
VI. Literature and
Language Studies              22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates


VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates

VII. General Topics           22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
VIII. From the Twenty-First
LACUS Forum 1994              22   1995 Hoffer, Bates
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1996
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                            PAGES

      Brend, Ruth M.              On Distinguishing Theme and Topic                5-9

                                  Possible Sources of Participant Nominalizers:
      Spruiell, Bill              Implications for Typology                        13-26

                                  Bimodal Communication: What Is It, and Why
      Messing, Lynn               Study It?                                        29-38

                                  The Use of Japanese Topics in Bilingual Discourse
      Nishimura, Niwa             in Japanese and English                           39-47


      Huang, Xiaozhao             On the Properties of Chinese Modal Verbs         51-64


      Quay, Suzanne               Another View of Early Bilingual Speech           67-74
21.01 Hirtle, Walter              Guillaume: A Meaning-Based Approach              77-86
                                  Grammaticality Judgments and the Garden-Path
21.02 Yngve, Victor H.            Dilemma in Linguistics                           87-92

21.03 Griffen, Toby               Music and Accent Discrepancy                     95-99

21.04 Hagman, Roy S.              The Disyllabic Diphthongs of Nama Hottentot      100-109

21.05 Klein, Philip W.            Spanish Strategies for Avoiding Hiatus           110-121
                                  What Lurks Under the Rug? A Look At the Non-
21.06 Makkai, Valerie B.          Existent Phonemes of English                     122-129

21.07 Sullivan, William J.      Binarity, Phonetic Reality and the Bulgarian Vowel 130-141
                                A Forced-Choice Work-Blending Task for Testing
      Wiebe, Grace E. and Bruce Intra-Syllabic Break Points in English, Korean and
21.08 L. Derwing                Taiwanese                                          142-151
                                Neologisms in Acadian-French Fishing
21.09 Babitch, Rose Mary        Terminology: An Analogical Syntax Analysis         155-164

21.10 Gatalán, Norma G.           Pseudo-Clefts in Spanish                         165-173

21.11 Chen, Lilly Lee             Syntacticization of Affect                      174-182
                                  Double Dont Constructions, Relational Nouns and
21.12 Kliffer, Michael D.         Null Possessors                                 183-194

21.13 Mills, Carl                 Obligatory Particle Movement                     195-204

21.14 Morris, Lori                Gender and Number: The Problem of "They"         205-210

21.15 Pike, Evelyn G.             Variant Orders of Nuclear and Marginal Clauses   211-223

21.16 Schapansky, Nathalie S.M. Shift in the Auxiliary Selection in Breton         224-233
21.17 Collins, Janet Duthie        The Processes and Effects of Compounding           237-244
                                   Variations of Formally Idiomatic Constructions and
                                   Relations Among Them: The Case of Concessive
21.18 Fujii, Seiko Y.              Conditionals                                       245-257
                                   To-Infinitive Groups As Clauses and Post-
                                   Modifiers in English: A Clause-Relational Semantic
21.19 Jordan, Michael P.           Analysis                                           258-268


21.20 Lamb, Sydney                 Meaning In Language and Meaning In Music           269-277

                                   Renaming the Baltimore Oriole: Another Kind of
21.21 Levin, Saul                  "Correctness"                                      278-285

                                   The Verb in the Service of Character Creation:
21.22 Nameri, Dorothy E.           Focus on Othello                                   286-303

                                   Figurative Extension in English Verbal Idioms of
21.23 Powell, Mava Jo              Visual Perception                                  304-312


21.24 Yang, Insun                  Contrasts in Korean                                313-325
                                   Classical Rhetorical Devices and Contemporary
21.25 Abraham, Elyse K.            Discourse Processing Theory                        329-334
                                   Simultaneous Speech in Makkah Arabic Female
21.26 Cole, Shirley A.N.           Conversation                                       335-347

21.27 Coleman, Douglas W.        Experimental Evidence for Inherent Relationality 348-354
      Prideaux, Gary D. and John Planned and Unplanned Narrative Descriptions: An
21.28 T. Hogan                   Experimental Study                               355-364

21.29 Shi, Yili                    Discourse Functions of a Sentential Constituent  365-377
                                   Negotiation and Management of Conflict in Korean
21.30 Song, Kyong-Sook             Conversation                                     378-389
      Campagna, Kathleen
21.31 Hamer                        The Alphabetic Rebus                               393-412
21.32 Herrick, Earl M.             Of Course a Structural Graphemics is Possible!     413-424
21.33 Daniels, Peter D.            Reply to Herrick                                   425-431
21.34 Herrick, Earl M.             Reply to Daniels's Reply                           432-440

                                   Structural Semantics as the Basis for
21.35 Cummings, Michael            Theme/Rheme                                        443-459

                                   Building Bridges Between People, Languages and
21.36 MacLeod, Iain                Cultures                                       460-475

      Merrifield, William R. and
21.37 Alfred E. Anderson           Issues in Chinantec Bilingual Lexicography         476-492
                                  Corpus-Based Language Modelling from a
21.38 Ooi, Vincent B.Y.           Computational Lexical Perspective                     493-511
      Gonsalves, Marcia Babbitt   Second Language Lexical Errors: Production and
21.39 and Rennie Gonsalves        Recognition                                           515-524
                                  A Reconsideration of the Applications of the
21.40 Hu, Jim                     Monitor in Second Language Learning                   525-535
                                  Subvocalization and Suppression Effects in
      Kiji, Yasuharu and Maidy,   Reading Comprehension: The Case of Japanese
21.41 Giber Kiji                  EFL Students                                          536-558
                                  Language Socialization in Foreign/Second
21.42 Zhou, Minglang              Language Classrooms                                   559-568
                                  A Paradigm Shift in Describing and Interpreting the
                                  Dialect of a Metropolitan Area: Overcoming
21.43 Ching, Marvin K.L.          Traditional Atlas Shortcomings                        571-579


21.44 Akimoto, Minoji             Grammaticalization and Idiomatization                 583-591


21.45 Allen, Andrew S.            Grammaticalization and Degrammaticalization           592-599
                                  Sounding and Flyting the English Agonistic Insult:
                                  Writing Pragmatic History in a Cross-Cultural
21.46 Arnovick, Leslie K.         Context                                               600-619

                                  An Overlooked Ethological Datum Bearing on the
21.47 Daniels, Peter T.           Evolution of Human Language                           620-625


21.48 Volpe, Angela Della         T έ μ є ν ο ς : An Etymological Study                 626-634


21.49 Hodge, Carleton T.          Lectio Difficilior                                    635-643

                                  Correspondence Between Japanese Kuro and
21.50 Ishii, Hiroshi              Korean Kem (Black)                                    644-647


21.51 Katz, Aya                   Semantic Shift and the Concept of Servitude           648-656

                                Categorial Changes of Body Part Words in Two
21.52 Lorenzino, Gerard Augusto Portuguese-Based Creoles                                657-669

                                  Greenbergian Methodology Applied to Some
21.53 Pulju, Tim                  European Languages                                    670-680
                            SPECIAL              FORUM
SECTION                     DESIGNATION          #     YEAR EDITOR              SUBTITLE
                            1994 Presidential
I. Special Lectures         Address                 21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
                            Winner of 1994
                            Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures         Doctoral Prize          21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
                            Winner of Post-
                            Doctoral
I. Special Lectures         Commendations           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
                            Winner of Post-
                            Doctoral
I. Special Lectures         Commendations           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
                            Winner of 1994
                            Presidents' Pre-
I. Special Lectures         Doctoral Prize          21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
                            Winner of 1994
                            Robert J. DiPietro
I. Special Lectures         Award                   21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
II. Metatheory                                      21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

II. Metatheory                                      21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
III. Phonetics and
Phonology                                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
III. Phonetics and
Phonology                                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
III. Phonetics and
Phonology                                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
III. Phonetics and
Phonology                                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
III. Phonetics and
Phonology                                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

III. Phonetics and
Phonology                                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
V. Lexis and
Semantic/Pragmatic
Meaning                       21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VI. Discourse Analysis and
Processing                    21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VI. Discourse Analysis and
Processing                    21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VI. Discourse Analysis and
Processing                    21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VI. Discourse Analysis and
Processing                    21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VI. Discourse Analysis and
Processing                    21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VI. Discourse Analysis and
Processing                    21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

VII. Graphemics               21   1994   Powell, Mava Jo
VII. Graphemics               21   1994   Powell, Mava Jo
VII. Graphemics               21   1994   Powell, Mava Jo
VII. Graphemics               21   1994   Powell, Mava Jo

VIII. Computational
Linguistics and Translation   21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

VIII. Computational
Linguistics and Translation   21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

VIII. Computational
Linguistics and Translation   21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
VIII. Computational
Linguistics and Translation   21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IX. Language Acquisition      21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IX. Language Acquisition      21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo


IX. Language Acquisition      21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo

IX. Language Acquisition      21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo


X. Dialectology               21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
XI. Historical Studies,
Comparative Studies, and
Language Evolution            21   1994 Powell, Mava Jo
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1995
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1995
NUM     AUTHOR                    TITLE                                             PAGES
                                  Variation and Constancy of Patterning in Language
        Copeland, James E.        and Culture: The Case of Tarahumara               3-30
                                  What can we Believe These Days? - Can
        Yngve, Victor H.          Linguistics Actually be Scientific?               33-50
        Melby, Alan, Warner, C.
        Terry                     The Possibility of Language                          53-133
                                  Linguistics as Biology, as Psychology, and as
        McCawley, James D.        Linguistics                                          134-150
                                  Relational Network Linguistics Meets Neural
        Lamb, Sydney M.           Science                                              151-178
                                  On the Primacy of Cognitive, Socio-Interactive, or
                                  Genetic Factors in Explaining Language
                                  Development: Support for an Alternative
        Boucher, Victor           "Ecological" Perspective                             181-193


        Bego, Harry           A Context Change Model of Feedback Acts                  197-210
                              This, That and the Other Thing: Spatial
                              Representation in the English Demonstratives and
      Morris, Lori            the Third Person Singular Inanimate Pronoun              213-217
                              Complementarity Between Formalism and
                              Functionalism in Linguistic Theory: Evidence from
20.01 Abu-Mansour, Anas Hasan the Syntax of Modern Standard Arabic                     221-230
                              A Methodological Pitfall of Grammatical
20.02 Duffley, Patrick J.     Terminology                                              231-236
20.03 Griffen, Toby D.        Toward a One-Dimensional Syllable Analysis               239-244
20.04 Tugwell, R. Michael     Estonian Length and Moraic Analysis                      245-253
20.05 Lockwood, David G.      'Conversion' Without Process                             257-266
20.06 Katz, Aya               Cyclical Grammaticalization: Pronoun & Copula            267-279


                                  Using Prototype Theory to Understand the
20.07   Myers, Dan                Concept of Bound Morphemes in Chinese                280-285
20.08   Chen, Lilly Lee           Chinese: A Not-So-Analytic Language                  286-294
20.09   Laeufer, Christiane       Parameters for Lexical Syllabification               295-312
20.10   Kies, Daniel              Adverbial But                                        315-332
20.11   Kontra, Miklós            Do Not People Say Such Things?                       333-344
20.12   Mills, Carl               Went and Got [:] Some Data                           345-354
                                  Sentential Time Adverbials Vs. VP Time
20.13 Zhou, Minglang              Expressions: Different Times                         355-367
20.14 Larrivée, Pierre            Times and Conditions                                 368-377
                                  Subject, Topic and Coordinate Conjunction
20.15 Yang, Insun                 Markers in Korean                                    378-390
20.16 Gelderen, Elly van          Features and Functional Categories                   391-397

                                  How the Goal Can be the Source: The Semantics
20.17 Kumashiro, Toshiyuki        of the Japanese Dative Marker NI                     401-417

20.18 Bacz, Barbara               On the Instrumental in Polish                        418-427

20.19 Ono, Mieko                  The Contrastive and the Japanese Particle WA         428-439

20.20 Herrick, Earl M.            Turning Linguistic Reticula into Linguistic Trees    440-450
                                 "The Gorgeous East": Precedents for Collocating
20.21 Levin, Saul                an Adjective with a Certain Noun                     451-458

20.22 Akimoto, Minoji            A Typological Approach to Idiomaticity               459-468
                                 An Approach to Style and the Organization of
20.23 Malcolm, Karen             Discourse                                            471-480
                                 The Discourse Functions of English Left-
20.24 Huang, Xiaozhau            Dislocation                                          481-489
20.25 Kross, Andrea L.           Snapshots of Foreground Events                       490-498
      Pu, Ming-Ming, Prideaux,   The Given-New Strategy Revisited: Evidence from
20.26 Gary D.                    Mandarin and English                                 499-507

20.27 Miller, Raymond H.         Can Languages "Disintegrate"?                        511-520
                                 Japanese and Korean Correspondence Between
20.28 Ishii, Hiroshi             /d(t)/ and /n/                                       521-525

20.29 Hodge, Carleton T.         Some Proto Affixes                                   526-536
                                 A Diachronic Study of the Word Order of
20.30 Holleyman, J. B.           Attributive Adjectives in Polish                     537-546
                                 Language Origin as Catastrophe: A New Turn in
20.31 Hagman, Roy S.             the Language Origin Debate                           547-553
                                 Shakespeare's Use of Metaphor in King Lear : His
20.32 Nameri, Dorothy E.         Ingenious Transfusion of Source Material             557-566

20.33 Pulju, Tim                 Vir and Homo in Cicero's Pro Milone                  567-574

20.34 Sullivan, William J.       Ideology and Patterns in Translation Error           575-585
                                 Grammatical Form Versus Information Flow in
20.35 Hwang, Shin Ja J.          Translation                                          586-597
20.36 Eble, Connie               Lexicon and Culture: the Case of College Slang       601-607
                                 Sex-Differentiation in the Use of English: A
20.37 Dyck, Ruth A.              Lingering Myth?                                      608-617
20.38 Buck, R. A.                Toward a Redefinition of Face-Threatening Act        618-627
                                 On Empirical Verification of Cognitivist 'Radial'
20.39 Coleman, Douglas W.        Categories                                           631-640
                                 An Amendment to Saussure's Principle I Based on
                                 Empirical Research Including: Regular Iconicity in
20.40 Nyikos, Julius             Irregular Verbs                                      641-653

                                 The Last Stages of the Acquisition of Syntax: The
20.41 Hoffer, Bates L.           Interaction of Reading and Syntactic Development     654-663
                                 Application of Discourse Model in Developing
20.42 Savova, Lilia              Communicative Competence                             664-670
                                 A Comparison of the Writing Styles of Native and
20.43 Rashidi, Linda Stump       Non-Native Speakers of English                       671-680
                                 Results from the Right Side Up Test: A Cross-
      Polland, Mark, Zhang,      Cultural Study of Young Children in the United
20.44 Yafei, Regan, John         States and China                                     681-686
                                 On the Copying Ability of Young Chinese and
20.45 Stephenson, Joe            American Children                                    687-696
                                 Linguistics and Pedagogy: Critical Considerations
20.46 Nyikos, Martha             in Teacher Education                                 699-705
                                 Linguistics in American Library Classification
20.47 Daniels, Peter T.          Systems                                              706-718
                          SPECIAL               FORUM
SECTION                   DESIGNATION           #     YEAR EDITOR                       SUBTITLE
                          1993 Presidential
I. Special Lectures       Address                  20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

I. Special Lectures       Inaugural Lecture        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

I. Special Lectures       Invited Lectures         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

I. Special Lectures       Invited Lectures         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

I. Special Lectures       Invited Lectures         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

                          Winner of 1993
                          Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures       Doctoral Prize           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
                          Winner of 1993
                          Presidents' Pre-
I. Special Lectures       Doctoral Prize           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
                          Winner of 1993
                          Robert J. Di Pietro
I. Special Lectures       Memorial Award           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker


II. General Linguistics                            20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

II. General Linguistics                            20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
III. Phonology                                     20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
III. Phonology                                     20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
IV. Morphology                                     20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
IV. Morphology                                     20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
                          Presidents' Post-
                          Doctoral and Di
                          Pietro
IV. Morphology            Commendations            20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
IV. Morphology                                     20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
IV. Morphology                                     20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
V. Syntax                                          20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
V. Syntax                                          20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker
V. Syntax                                          20   1993   Makkai, Valerie Becker

V. Syntax                                          20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
V. Syntax                                          20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

V. Syntax                                          20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
V. Syntax                                          20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
                          Presidents' Pre-
VI. Semantics and         Doctoral
Cognitive Linguistics     Commendation             20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VI. Semantics and
Cognitive Linguistics                              20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VI. Semantics and
Cognitive Linguistics                              20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VI. Semantics and
Cognitive Linguistics                              20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VI. Semantics and
Cognitive Linguistics          20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VI. Semantics and
Cognitive Linguistics          20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

VII. Discourse Analysis        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

VII. Discourse Analysis        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VII. Discourse Analysis        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

VII. Discourse Analysis        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VIII. Historical and
Comparitive Linguisics         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VIII. Historical and
Comparitive Linguisics         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VIII. Historical and
Comparitive Linguisics         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VIII. Historical and
Comparitive Linguisics         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
VIII. Historical and
Comparitive Linguisics         20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
IX. Literary and Translation
Studies                        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
IX. Literary and Translation
Studies                        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
IX. Literary and Translation
Studies                        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
IX. Literary and Translation
Studies                        20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
X. Sociolinguistics            20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

X. Sociolinguistics            20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
X. Sociolinguistics            20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
XI. Psycholinguistics and
Language Acquisition           20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

XII. Miscellaneous Studies     20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker

XII. Miscellaneous Studies     20   1993 Makkai, Valerie Becker
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994



LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994



LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS      Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994
LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994


LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994

LACUS   Chapel Hill, NC   1994
NUM     AUTHOR                    TITLE                                                PAGES

        Shaumyan, Sebastian       The Stratification of Language                       5-19
        Lamb, Sydney M.           The Sources of Linguistic Patterning                 23-44
                                  Paul Ricoeur's Philosophy and Textlinguistic
        Longacre, Robert E.       Analysis                                             47-55

                                  Russian Dat' 'Give' and Restrictions on
        Strom, Melvin A.          Generalizations in Accentual Innovation               59-74
                                  "His and Hers Are All Right, But I Feels Its Is a Bit
                                  Odd"; Inanimate Gender and the Third Person
        Morris, Lori              Singular Possessive Pronouns in English               77-83

                                  Perception vs. Cognition as Manifested in
        Shinzato, Rumiko          Japanese Syntax                                      84-93

                                  Mental-Space Builders in English and Their
        Fujii, Seiko Yamaguchi    Japanese Counterparts                                97-109


      Pulju, Tim                  Jackendoff's Cognitive Linguistic Theories           113-123
19.01 Yngve, Victor H.            Relativity in Linguistics                            127-131
                                  A Linguist's Compromise Between Scientific
                                  Objectivity and Full Participation in a Speech-
19.02 Levin, Saul                 Community                                            132-140
                                  Discourse Grounding: The Morphosyntax of
19.03 Wang, Yuhuan                Mandarin Direct Objects                              143-152

19.04 Hwang, Shin Ja J.           Embedding and Skewing of Discourse Types             153-162
                                  Presupposed Versus Asserted Propositions: The
19.05 Rashidi, Linda Stump        Information Structure of Dari                        163-171
                                  Discourse, Style, and Measurement: More on
19.06 Mills, Carl                 Narrative                                            172-180

19.07 Wuchope, Mary Michele        Discourse Functions of Just                         181-189
                                   Expressivity and the Nature of Textual Rhetoric:
19.08   Kostouli, Triantafillia    Cross-Cultural Text Evidence                        190-201
        Prideaux, Gary D., John T. Firsthand and Secondhand Narratives: Differences
19.09   Hogan, & Lois M. Stanford in the Telling                                       205-213
                                   Overlapping Talk in Cooperative and Conflictive
19.10   Bresnahan, Mary I.         Interviews                                          214-223
        Volpe, Angela Della, Sarah Discourse Analysis in Aphasic Speech: A
19.11   Williams, & Edith Li       Preliminary Study                                   224-235
19.12   Danesi, Marcel             Situational Focusing                                236-245
                                   Representing Polysemy: A Case for Definitions in
19.13   Gonsalves, Rennie          a Connectionist Network                             249-255
19.14   Bacz, Barbara              Towards the Meaning of the Nominative in Polish     256-263
                                   Case and Creativity: A New Look at the Semantics
19.15   Miller, Raymond H.         of Case in Slavic                                   264-273

19.16 Abu-Mansour, Anas Hasan Function Assignment in Arabic Syntax                     277-287
19.17 Yang, Insun             The Noun Phrase Conjunction -WA in Korean                288-300
                              Ce Que C'est Que Cette Construction: About a
19.18 Larrivée, Pierre        Non-Verbal Que in Modern French                          301-310
                                   Tarahumara Reduplication: The
19.19   Copeland, James E.         Grammaticalization of Iconic Intensification        313-326
19.20   Sullivan, William J.       The Meaning of the Dative Case in Russian           327-331
19.21   Hodge, Carleton T.         Halleluja                                           335-341
19.22   Akimoto, Minoji            "P1 + NP + P2" Phrases in Discourse                 342-353
                                   Central Examples of Informal Verbal Idioms in
19.23 Powell, Mava Jo              British English                                     354-365
19.24 Allen, Andrew S.             Blends in Humorous Language                         366-370

19.25 Eble, Connie C.              African-American Contributions to American Slang    371-378
19.26 Griffen, Toby D.             Phonological Syllables in Armes Prydein             381-386
                                   The Right Side and the Wrong Side of the Tracks:
                                   Categorization and Metaphoric Extension in
19.27 Garneau, Jean-Luc            French and English                                  389-400
19.28 Laube, Linda                 Study of Simplification of News Reports             401-408
                                   The Dramatic Value of Hamlet's Verbal
19.29 Nameri, Dorothy E.           Expressions: A Linguistic-Literary Analysis         409-421
                                   Language Evolution: One Evolution That is Still
19.30 Bichakjian, Bernard H.       Taboo                                               425-435

19.31 Anzilotti, Gloria Italiano   A New English or a New Italian?                     436-447

19.32 Ishii, Hiroshi               Japanese and Korean /K/ - /P/ Correspondence        448-456
                                   Perception of Sex-Differentiation in the Language
19.33 Dyck, Ruth A.                of Cartoons                                         459-467
19.34 Pickett, Velma B.            Shoeboxes and Typewriters or Computers?             471-478
                                   Determining the Analysis Capabilities of Five
19.35 Weed, Kathryn Z.             Discourse Observation Systems                       479-489

19.36 Messing, Lynn S.             Sign-English and English-Sign Dictionaries          493-503
                             SPECIAL              FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION          #     YEAR EDITOR              SUBTITLE
                             1992 Presidential
I. Special Lectures          Address                 19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
I. Special Lectures          Inaugural Lecture       19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

I. Special Lectures          Invited Lecture         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
                             Winner of the 1992
                             Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures          Doctoral Prize          19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
                             Winners of Post-
                             Doctoral
I. Special Lectures          Commendations           19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
                             Winners of Post-
                             Doctoral
I. Special Lectures          Commendations           19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
                             Winner of the 1992
                             Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures          Doctoral Prize          19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
                             Winner of a Pre-
                             Doctoral
I. Special Lectures          Commendation            19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
II. Metatheory                                       19   1992 Reich, Peter A.


II. Metatheory                                       19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
III. Discourse Analysis of
Written Text                                         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
III. Discourse Analysis of
Written Text                                         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
III. Discourse Analysis of
Written Text                                         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
III. Discourse Analysis of
Written Text                                         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
III. Discourse Analysis of
Written Text                                         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
III. Discourse Analysis of
Written Text                                         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Spoken Discourse                                 19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Spoken Discourse                                 19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Spoken Discourse                                 19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
IV. Spoken Discourse                                 19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

V. Semantics & Meaning                               19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
V. Semantics & Meaning                               19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

V. Semantics & Meaning                               19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

VI. Syntax                                           19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
VI. Syntax                                           19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

VI. Syntax                                           19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
VII. Morphology               19   1992   Reich, Peter A.
VII. Morphology               19   1992   Reich, Peter A.
VIII. Lexicography            19   1992   Reich, Peter A.
VIII. Lexicography            19   1992   Reich, Peter A.

VIII. Lexicography            19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
VIII. Lexicography            19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

VIII. Lexicography            19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
IX. Phonology                 19   1992 Reich, Peter A.


X. Translation & Stylistics   19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
X. Translation & Stylistics   19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

X. Translation & Stylistics   19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
XI. Language Change &
Language Relationships        19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
XI. Language Change &
Language Relationships        19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
XI. Language Change &
Language Relationships        19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

XII. Sociolinguistics         19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
XIII. Methodology             19   1992 Reich, Peter A.

XIII. Methodology             19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
XIV. From the 1991
LACUS Forum                   19   1992 Reich, Peter A.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993
LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993


LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993


LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993


LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993


LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993


LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993
LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993


LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993
LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993
LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993
LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993

LACUS      Illinois, USA     1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993


LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993

LACUS   Illinois, USA   1993
NUM   AUTHOR                  TITLE                                                  PAGES
                              Growing and Bending -- A Linguistic
                              Autobiography: From Structuralism to Theory
      Pickett, Velma B.       Clash to Universal Dreams of Communicability           5-19
                              Person Beyond Logic, in Language, Life, and
      Pike, Kenneth L.        Philosophy                                             23-37
      Pulgram, Ernst          Dante as Linguist                                      41-60

                              Twice Told Tales: Aspects of the Storage and
      Meyer, Cynthia Ford     Expression of Personal Experience                      63-74
                              Early Traces of Literate Behavior: Graphical
                              Knowledge Demonstrated by Three-Year-Olds in
      Pine, Nancy             the United States and China                            77-90
                              "So Far as the Question of My Identity is
                              Concerned…": K.L. Pike's Contribution to the
18.01 Watt, David L.E.        Study of Intonation                                    91-100
                              Focus of Attention in Narrative Text and Word
18.02 Wise, Mary Ruth         Order Typology                                         101-107
                              The Pikean Linguistic Unit and Middle English
18.03 Kropp, Josefa           Narrative Structure                                    108-126

18.04 Pike, Eunice V.         A Description of Various Tone Systems                  127-132
                              Analyzing a Hortatory Text with Special Attention to
18.05 Hwang, Shin Ja J.       Particle, Wave, and Field                              133-146
                              The Higher Levels of Grammatical Structure of a
18.06 Pike, Evelyn G.         Poem and Its Relation to the Greater Lexicon           147-155
                              Testing Phoneme Differentiation as a Function of
18.07 Hendriksen, Daniel P.   Context Confirmation: A Pikean View                    156-166
                              Psychological Reality in Tagmemic Phonology and
18.08 Pulju, Tim              Stratificational Phonotactics                          167-171

18.09 Brend, Ruth M.          Kenneth Lee Pike and Phonology                         172-176

18.10 Lamb, Sydney            Syntax: Reality or Illusion?                           179-186
      Cummings, Michael &
18.11 Xinyu Zou               Systemic Linguistics in a Formal Perspective           187-197
                              Constraints in Universal Grammar: Consequences
18.12 Sullivan, William J.    and Objections                                         198-207
                              Inherent Relationality and the Interpretation of
18.13 Coleman, Douglas W.     Definite Expressions                                   208-219
                              The Freudian ES or ID and the Syntax of
18.14 Levin, Saul             Impersonal Verbs                                       220-228
                              The Definition of the Verb in Langacker's Cognitive
                              Grammar: How to Deal with Grammatical
18.15 Duffley, Patrick        Meaning?                                               229-234

18.16 Akimoto, Minoji         Prototypicality and Idiomaticity                       235-245

18.17 Bacz, Barbara           On the Meaning of the Dative in Polish                 246-255

18.18 Gonsalves, Rennie       For Definitions: Modeling Lexical Psychosemantics 256-265
                                Paradigm Restructuring in Slovene Dialects: A
18.19 Miller, Raymond H.        Case of Case Semantics in Slavic                      266-276

18.20 Griffen, Toby D.          Mesotomy and Phonological Theory                      279-284

18.21 Ishii, Hiroshi            A Supplement to Martin's Lexical Evidence             285-290

18.22 Hodge, Carleton T.        Semitic B and W                                       291-297
                                Autosegmental and Stratificational Models of
18.23 Lockwood, David G.        Phonology                                             301-312



18.24 Uber, Diane Ringer        Functional Communication: Data from Spanish           314-322
                                Margi Definite Noun Formation and Non-Linear
18.25 Tugwell, R. Michael       Phonology                                             323-329
                                Five Underlying Vowels in Bolognese: Evidence
18.26 Kaze, Jeffery W.          from Metaphony                                        330-339
                                Whack! Piff! Sprong!: An Analysis of
18.27 Johnston, Ann Louise      Onomatopoeic Words in Cartoons                        340-355
                                Discourse Prerequisites fro Phonological Analysis:
18.28 Copeland, James E.        Free Alternation in Tarahumara                        356-365

                                The Distribution of Information in Subordinate
18.29 Prideaux, Gary D.         Clauses: Evidence from Controlled Oral Narratives 369-378
                                Semantic/Pragmatic Regularities in Informally
                                Marked Lexis: British Speakers in Spontaneous
18.30 Powell, Mava Jo           Conversational Settings                           379-391

18.31 Bresnahan, Mary I.        The Construction of Gender in Tagalog Discourse       392-403

18.32 Mills, Carl               Discourse, Style, and Measurement: Narrative   404-414
                                Phasal Analysis in the Description of Academic
18.33 Young, Lynne              Discourse                                      415-425
                                Shakespeare's Unique Manipulation of Language:
18.34 Nameri, Dorothy E.        Focus on Some Basic Linguistic Aspects         426-435

18.35 Collins, Janet Duthie     Linguistic Analysis and Common Authorship: Part I 436-444
                                Sensitive Avoidance of Sexist Pronouns in Written
18.36 Jordan, Michael P.        English                                            445-455
                                Death of Vinyl, Rise of the Jewel Box: Music Liner
18.37 Canine, Karen McFarland   Notes as a Genre                                   456-463

18.38 Little, Greta D.          Punctuation and its Impact on Readers                 464-473
                                An Investigation of Simplification of Non-Narrative
18.39 Laube, Linda              ESL Texts                                             474-484

18.40 Hirtle, Walter            To Learn Our Mother Tongue                            487-494
      Xu, Jianyuan & John
18.41 Regan                     Naming Practices in China: A Moment of Change         495-504

18.42 Eble, Connie C.           Borrowing in College Slang                            505-510
18.43 Yngve, Victor H.    Why is Language Different?                   511-518

18.44 Guice, Stephen A.   John Pickering and 'The American Language'   519-527

18.45 Daniels, Peter T.   Is a Structural Graphemics Possible?         528-537
                            SPECIAL               FORUM
SECTION                     DESIGNATION           #     YEAR EDITOR             SUBTITLE

                            1991 Presidential
I. Special Lectures         Address                  18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

I. Special Lectures         Inaugural Lecture        18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
I. Special Lectures         Invited Lecture          18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
                            Winner of 1991
                            Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures         Doctoral Prize           18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

                            Winner of 1991 Pre-
I. Special Lectures         Doctoral Prize           18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
II. Kenneth Lee Pike: His
Work and Contributions                               18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                            18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
III. Grammar and
Semantics                                        18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
IV. Historical and
Comparative Studies                              18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
IV. Historical and
Comparative Studies                              18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
IV. Historical and
Comparative Studies                              18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

V. Phonology                                     18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
                             Winner of
                             Presidents' Post-
                             Doctoral
V. Phonology                 Commendation        18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

V. Phonology                                     18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

V. Phonology                                     18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

V. Phonology                                     18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

V. Phonology                                     18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VI. Discourse and Text
Analysis                                         18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VII. Miscellaneous Studies                       18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VII. Miscellaneous Studies                       18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VII. Miscellaneous Studies                       18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
VII. Miscellaneous Studies   18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VII. Miscellaneous Studies   18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.

VII. Miscellaneous Studies   18   1991 Brend, Ruth M.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1992
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992



LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1992
NUM   AUTHOR                 TITLE                                               PAGES

      Di Pietro, Robert J.   Operatic Discourse and the Naturalness Criterion    5-19
                             Clause Connectives in Japanese and Related
      Fillmore, Charles J.   Mysteries                                           23-46
                             Linguistic Information Processing Using the
      Webster, Jonathan J.   Functional Grammar Processor                        49-69

                             Point-Making in American and Japanese Business
      Yamada, Haru           Meetings                                            73-82
                             "What Shall We Talk About Next?": Cognitive
                             Topic in the Production and Interpretation of
      Meyer, Cynthia Ford    Conversation                                        85-98
17.01 Barbe, Katharina       Linguistic Models of Irony                          101-108
                             Linguistic Model and Linguistic Thought: The Case
17.02 Lamb, Sydney M.        of Either-Or Thinking                               109-120
                             Continuous (Meaning) and Discrete (Form) in
17.03 Mills, Carl            Language, Cognition, and Society                    121-132
                             The Influence of Syllable Structure Universals on
17.04 Carlisle, Robert S.    the Variability of Interlanguage Phonology          135-145
17.05 Griffen, Toby D.       The Cause of Sibilant Aspiration in British         146-150
                             Vowel Harmony in Ser Vigliano and
17.06 Kaze, Jeffery W.       Underspecification                                  151-160
17.07 Quick, Philip A.       Interpretation of Nasal-Stop Clusters in Pendau     161-172

17.08 Brend, Ruth M.         Are Verbs Really Necessary?                         175-178

17.09 Cameron, Carrie        The Semantics of Voice Organization in Russian      179-187
                             Contrastive Analysis of Japanese and English
17.10 Collier-Sanuki, Yoko   Relative Clauses in Discourse                       188-194
                             The Relativizing Complementizer MAPU in
17.11 Copeland, James E.     Tarahumara Discourse                                195-204

17.12 Lee, Nagiko Iwata      Word Boundary in Japanese                           205-216

17.13 Lockwood, David G.     Lexeme and Allolex: Traditional vs. Lambian Views 217-225

17.14 Spruiell, William C.   Metonymy and Participant Nominalization             226-239
                             Let's Talk Turkey: Animal Metaphors in French and
17.15 Garneau, Jean-Luc      English                                             243-253
                             Locke's Definitional Semantics, Condillac's
17.16 Gonsalves, Rennie      Critique, and the Consequences                      254-263
                             Polysemy and Syntactic Variability in the Surface
17.17 Ney, James W.          Verb 'Break'                                        264-278

17.18 Akimoto, Minoji        Deverbal Nouns in Grammar and Discourse             281-290
                             Simplification of Narratives for ESL: A Discourse
17.19 Laube, Linda           Analysis                                            291-299
                             Focus on Lear's Verbal Expressions: A Reflection
17.20 Nameri, Dorothy E.     of His Dramatic Development                         300-312
                              Contrastive Paragraph Types in a Procedural
                              Discourse of the Mixtec of San Miguel El Grande,
17.21 Pike, Evelyn G.         OAX., Mexico                                         313-330
                              Two Contemporary Lexical Correlations in Stance
                              Adverbs: The Role of Boundedness in the
                              Systematic Development of Paired Interpersonal
17.22 Powell, Mava Jo         and Metalinguistic Uses                              331-339

17.23 White, Margie           Well as Marker of Power in Conversation              340-347
                              Should Historical Explanation Follow Form or
17.24 Allen, Andrew S.        Function?                                            351-354
17.25 Collins, Janet Duthie   Definition of the Old English Gender System          355-367
17.26 Hodge, Carleton T.      The Multivalence of Hittite H                        368-374

17.27 Huld, Martin E.         Proto-Germanic *Waksan and the Lost 'Wax' of IE 375-384
17.28 Jeuda, David M.         Papiamentu and Its Portuguese Element           385-398
      Jones-Bley, Karlene &
17.29 Angela Della Volpe      Sema and Tumbos -- More Than Just Mounds             399-407
                              The Dilemma of Quantity or Quality in Inter-Phylum
17.30 Levin, Saul             Etymologies                                          408-417
17.31 Orel, Vladimir E.       Postion of Phrygian                                  418-426
                              The High Priest Was Not a Construction Engineer:
17.32 Pulju, Tim              A Philological Case Study                            429-438
                              Syntactic Complexity in Genetic vs. Typological
17.33 Hoffer, Bates L.        Relation                                             441-448
17.34 Kaye, Alan S.           Distant Genetic Relationship and Edward Sapir        449-471
      Buck, Jane L. & Paul
17.35 Proulx                  Statistics and Noncognacy                            472-480
                              Forms of Address in the Speech of College
17.36 Eble, Connie C.         Students                                             483-487

                              Linguistic Manifestation of the Japanese
                              Sociological Concept, Uchi 'Insiders' and Soto
17.37 Tokunaga, Misato        'Outsiders'                                          488-497
                              Presentation of the Analysis of Linguistic Atlas
17.38 Tugwell, R. Michael     Data: Another View                                   498-503
17.39 Jordan, Michael P.      The Linguistic Genre of Abstracts                    507-527
                              Ta Training in Composition Should Not Only
                              Incorporate Rhetoric and Composition Theories
                              and Their Applications, But Also Some Linguistic
17.40 Oviedo, Ollie O.        Principles                                           528-536
17.41 Yngve, Victor H.        Concepts of Text and Knowledge                       539-550
                             SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                  SUBTITLE
                             1990 Presidential
I. Special Lectures          Address                17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

I. Special Lectures          Inaugural Lecture      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

I. Special Lectures          Invited Lecture        17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
                             Winner of 1990
                             Presidents' Post-
I. Special Lectures          Doctoral Prize         17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
                             Winner of 1990
                             Presidents' Pre-
I. Special Lectures          Doctoral Prize         17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
II. General Linguistics                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

II. General Linguistics                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

II. General Linguistics                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

III. Phonology                                      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
III. Phonology                                      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

III. Phonology                                      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
III. Phonology                                      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

V. Semantics                                        17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

V. Semantics                                        17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

V. Semantics                                        17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della


VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                           17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VII. Historical Linguistics                       17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VIII. Typology                                    17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
VIII. Typology                                    17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della

VIII. Typology                                    17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
IX. Sociolinguistics and
Dialectology                                      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
                              Winner of
                              Presidents' Post-
IX. Sociolinguistics and      Doctoral
Dialectology                  Commendation        17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
IX. Sociolinguistics and
Dialectology                                      17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
X. Language Writing                               17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della



X. Language Writing                               17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
XI. Human Linguistics                             17   1990 Volpe, Angela Della
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991



LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991



LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991



LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1991
NUM   AUTHOR                   TITLE                                                 PAGES
                               The Rest of the Iceberg: Exploring the Operational
      Hirtle, Walter           Dimension of Language                                 5-15
                               Systems of Simultaneous Awareness: Towards a
      Makkai, Adam             "Musical Linguistics"                                 19-60
      Harris, Roy              The Integrationist Critique of Orthodox Linguistics   63-77
                               Do Cases Define? On Expressing the
      Bacz, Barbara            Definite/Indefinite Opposition in Polish              81-89
                               Vichian Observations on the Changing Paradigm
16.01 Danesi, Marcel           in Linguistics                                        93-104
                               Metalinguistic Awareness and the Nature of
16.02 Di Pietro, Robert J.     Linguistic Inquiry                                    105-112
16.03 Pickett, Velma B.        Zapotec -- Language or Languages?                     113-121

16.04 Taylor, Talbot J.        Linguistic Agency and the Normativity of Language 122-129
                               How Are Past Participles to be Treated
16.05 Akimoto, Minoji          Theoretically and/or Pedagogically?               133-144
                               Definiteness, Direct Objects, and Word Order in
16.06 Cummings, Elisabeth A.   Hixkaryana (OVS)                                  145-153

16.07 De Guzman, Videa P.      Inflectional Morphology in the Lexicon                154-167

16.08 Hodge, Carleton T.       Splitting Homonyms                                    168-176
                               The Case of Latin and Greek Absolute
16.09 Libert, Alan R.          Constructions                                         177-184
                               The Bulgarian Definite Article: An Inflected Clitic
16.10 Lockwood, David G.       and Anticlitic                                        185-196
                               Prediction and Explanation in Russian Temporal
16.11 Sullivan, William J.     Locus                                                 197-206
                               Is There Anything Else That Need Be Said About
16.12 Duffley, Patrick         Auxiliary Need ?                                      209-217
                               Vocabulary Distinction: Just a Work on Le Mot
16.13 Garneau, Jean-Luc        Juste                                                 218-229
                               The Impact of English Borrowings on Japanese
16.14 Hoffer, Bates L.         Language Usage                                        230-238
                               An Indoeuropean Solution to Problems in Proto-
16.15 Krippes, Karl A.         Turkic Reconstruction                                 239-243
                               Advlter(A) 'The Other (Wo)man': Clarifying a
16.16 Levin, Saul              Troubled Latin Etymology                              244-249
16.17 Nicholson, John Greer    The Incidence of Suppleton Within Inflection          250-259
                               A Comparative Linguistic Analysis: English,
16.18 Nyikos, Julius           Finnish and Hungarian Letter-Names                    260-276
                               Compensatory Lengthening: Nonlinear and
16.19 Griffen, Toby D.         Dynamic Analyses                                      279-285
                               Acquisition by French Speakers of the English
16.20 Laeufer, Christiane      Voicing Feature in Word-Initial Position              286-296

16.21 McDonald, Janice-Marie   Nasal Assimilation in Spanish                         297-302
                               Orthographic Constraints on Sound Change: The
16.22 Morgan, Terrell A.       Non-Neutralization of Graphemes in Castilian          303-312

16.23 Otake, Takashi           Counter Evidence for Mora Timing                 313-322
                               What is Key: A Look at Phonological and Semantic
16.24 Watt, David L.E.         Gradience                                        323-331
                               Intensification, Contrast, and Metaphor in
16.25 Copeland, James E.       Tarahumara: Comparisons of Dissimilarity           335-345
                               Prosodic Structure, Lexicalization and French
16.26 De Jong, Daan            Liaison                                            346-355
16.27 Kadota, Shuhei           The Contribution of Rhythm to Reading Japanese     356-365
                               A Comparative Study of Hesitation Phenomena in
16.28 Yamane, Shigeru          English and Japanese                               366-375

16.29 Bresnahan, Mary I.       Placeholding as a Discourse Property               379-389
                               The Japanese Affective Passive: A Functional
16.30 Cameron, Carrie          Analysis                                           390-402
                               Participant Reference and Argument Structure in
16.31 Elson, Benjamin E.       Sierra Popoluca                                    403-408
                               Clause Relations Within the Anaphoric Nominal
16.32 Jordan, Michael P.       Group                                              409-419
                               Description and Narration With a Difference: The
16.33 Malcolm, Karen           Use of Participles                                 420-429

16.34 Ruhl, Charles            Monosemic Methods                                  430-435
                               Paradoxical Functions of Passives in Japanese
16.35 Tokunaga, Misato         Pragmatics                                         436-448

16.36 Eble, Connie C.          College Slang in the Conversational Structure      451-459

16.37 Messing, Lynn S.         Bimodal Communication                              460-469
      Ursel, Karen & Gary D.   Gender Differences in Language Use: The Role of
16.38 Prideaux                 the Addressee                                      470-477
                               Natural Gender vs. Grammatical Gender in Old
16.39 Collins, Janet Duthie    English                                            481-490
                               Reshuffling of "Relic" English Paradigms Through
16.40 Hoffman, Melvin J.       Phonosymbolism                                     491-500
                               Verb Position and Verb Type in Older German:
16.41 Krauel, Jerry            Evidence from the Hildebrandslied                  501-510
                               Robustness of the Berlin-Kay Hierarchy: Early
16.42 Mills, Carl              English Poetry                                     511-523
                             SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                 SUBTITLE
                             1989 Presidential
I. Special Lectures          Address                16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

I. Special Lectures          Inaugural Lecture      16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
I. Special Lectures          Invited Lecture        16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
                             Winner of 1989
I. Special Lectures          Presidents' Prize      16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

II. General Linguistics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

II. General Linguistics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
II. General Linguistics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

II. General Linguistics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

III. Syntax and Morphology                          16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IV. Lexis and Semantics                             16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
V. Phonology and
Phonetics                                           16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
V. Phonology and
Phonetics                                           16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
V. Phonology and
Phonetics                                           16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
V. Phonology and
Phonetics                                           16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
V. Phonology and
Phonetics                                           16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
V. Phonology and
Phonetics                                           16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VI. Pragmatic Phonology      16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

VI. Pragmatic Phonology      16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VI. Pragmatic Phonology      16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

VI. Pragmatic Phonology      16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
VII. Discourse and
Pragmatics                   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

VIII. Language and Society   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

VIII. Language and Society   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

VIII. Language and Society   16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IX. Historical Studies       16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IX. Historical Studies       16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IX. Historical Studies       16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.

IX. Historical Studies       16   1989 Jordan, Michael P.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1990
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1990
NUM    AUTHOR                      TITLE                                               PAGES

       Hodge, Carleton T.          Touching the Bases                                  5-21

       Catford, J.C.               Fifty Years of Linguistics                          25-53
                                   Four Postulates of Government and Binding
       Sullivan, William J.        Theory                                              57-68
                                   Hillfort Nomenclature in Indo-European: The Case
       Volpe, Angela Della         of Latin Urbs                                       71-83
                                   Explanation, Mental Reality and Capturing
15.01 Hirtle, Walter H.            Heffalumps                                          87-93
      Libert, Alan R. & Laura
15.02 Walsh                        On The Principled Study of Artificial Languages     94-99
                                   Towards Self-Organization of Spreading-Activation
                                   Networks: Distributed Connectionist Modelling in
15.03 Line, Mark P.                Linguistics                                         100-110
      Gan, Zhikang & Sheila        The Tone Relation Between Mandarin Chinese
15.04 Embleton                     and Shandong Dialect                                113-117
                                   Consonant-Voicing-Dependent Vowel Duration in
15.05 Laeufer, Christiane          English and French Reexamined                       118-128
                                   Canto Santo : English Rhythm and Rhyme in
15.06 Morgan, Terrell A.           Spanish Hymns                                       129-138

15.07 Akimoto, Minoji              Countability and Idiomaticity in Deverbal Nouns     141-152

15.08 Anzilotti, Gloria Italiano   The Imperative -- An Octopus Network                153-167

15.09 De Guzman, Videa P.          Morphosyntactic Derivation in the Lexicon           168-182

15.10 Elson, Benjamin F.           Word Order in Sierra Popoluca                       183-193
      Grignon, Anne-Marie &        The Suffixes -age and -ment in Modern French:
15.11 Melanie Dunn                 Dictionary vs Speakers                              194-204

15.12 Hewson, John                 Noun Phrase and Phrasal Noun                        205-210
                                   Problems in the Morphological Analysis of Sign
15.13 Peng, Fred C.C.              Language                                            211-220
      Prideaux, Gary D. &          Cognitive Constraints on the Form and Function of
15.14 William J. Baker             Relative Clauses                                    221-229
                                   She Did Not Dare Grow Fat : Observations on the
                                   Meaning of Dare When Followed by the Bare
15.15 Duffley, Patrick             Infinitive                                          233-239
                                   On the Semantics of Morphological Causatives in
15.16 Meyer, Cynthia Ford          Khmer                                               240-248

                                   Giving and Causation: The Functions of ?AOY in
15.17 Spruiell, William C.         Khmer                                               249-260

15.18 Watt, D.L.E.                 The Semantics of Intonation                         261-268

15.19 Barbe, Katharina             Irony in Spontaneous Conversation                   271-280
15.20 Barnes, Linda Laube      Article Variability in Written Narrative             281-291
                               What to Say and What Not to Say: Anaphorical
15.21 Garneau, Jean-Luc        Elements in French and English                       292-303

15.22 Malcolm, Karen           Coherence in Chaucer's Tales                         304-311

15.23 Rashidi, Linda Stump     Retrogressive Devoicing in a Dari Narrative          312-318
      Troutman-Robinson,       Vestiges of Oral Tradition: An Analysis of Alice
15.24 Denise                   Childress' Like One of the Family                    319-327
                               Justus Georg Schottelius (1612-76) and the
15.25 Jankowsky, Kurt R.       Development of the German Language                   331-342

15.26 Koerner, Konrad          The Sources of Modern Sociolinguistics               343-353
                               Language Change and Barnett's Theory of
                               Innovation and Cultural Change: A Further
15.27 Collins, Janet Duthie    Delineation                                          357-366
                               Loss of Work-Final Quality Distinction Between [æ]
                               and [ø] in French: An Ongoing Change at the End
15.28 Dagenais, Louise         of the 18th Century                                  367-382
                               Toward a Dynamic Sound Law: The Sibilants in
15.29 Griffen, Toby D.         British                                              383-389
                               The Affinity Between Japanese and Korean: A
                               Morphological Comparison Between Japanese
15.30 Ishii, Hiroshi           Taruki and Korean Tori                               390-393

15.31 Justus, Carol F.         Personal Antecedents of Relative Clauses             394-401
                               The Decipherment of the Jurchen Language
15.32 Krippes, Karl A.         Reconsidered                                         402-415

15.33 Pickett, Velma B.        Isthmus Zapotec Loans                                416-423

15.34 Wedel, Alfred R.         The 'Complexive Aspect' in Old West Germanic         424-433

15.35 Yngve, Victor H.         Concepts of Variation and Change                     434-444

15.36 Di Pietro, Robert J.     U.S. English: Filling a Need?                        447-456

15.37 Eble, Connie C.          The Ephemerality of American College Slang           457-469

15.38 Han, Xiao-fang           Becoming a Social Man                                470-476

                               Generational Differences in Language: A Case
15.39 Sen, Ann Louise          Study in Turkish                                     477-493

15.40 Levin, Saul              Orthography and Standard Pronunciation               497-505
                               Lexical Factors in the Pragmatics of Written
15.41 Mills, Carl              English                                              506-514
                               Toward a Complete Overview of the English
15.42 Nyikos, Julius           Spelling System                                      515-527
                               From Observations to Research: Tracing Back
15.43 Regan, John & Dali Tan   Connections Within a Culture                         528-537
15.44 Simons, Gary F.           The Computational Complexity of Writing Systems 538-553
                                Why Do Polish Immigrant Children in French
                                Canada Make Errors in the Use of the Possessive
                                Pronoun 'Swoj'? On Possessives in Polish, French
15.45 Bacz, Barbara             and English                                      557-566

                               Community Expectations and Second Language
15.46 Johnson-Weiner, Karen M. Acquisition -- ESL in an Amish School            567-576
                               Eliciting Strategies in Trilingual Language
15.47 Nyikos, Katalin          Acquisition                                      577-582
      Jacennik, Barbara E. &   An Experimental Study of On-Line Lexical
15.48 Lois M. Stanford         Processing                                       585-595
                               A Computational Approach to the Representation
15.49 Lee, Chang-in            of 'Prototypical' and 'Extended' Properties      596-604
                             SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                     SUBTITLE
                             1988 Presidential               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
I. Special Lecture           Address                 15 1988 Lockwood
                                                             Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
I. Special Lecture           Inaugural Lecture       15 1988 Lockwood
                                                             Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
I. Special Lecture           Invited Lecture         15 1988 Lockwood
                             Winner of 1988                  Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
I. Special Lecture           Presidents' Prize       15 1988 Lockwood
                                                             Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
II. General Linguistics                              15 1988 Lockwood
                                                             Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
II. General Linguistics                              15 1988 Lockwood

                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
II. General Linguistics                              15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
III. Phonology                                       15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
III. Phonology                                       15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
III. Phonology                                       15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IV. Syntax and Morphology                            15   1988 Lockwood

                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
V. Semantics                                         15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
V. Semantics                                         15   1988 Lockwood
                             Winner of
                             Presidents'                       Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
V. Semantics                 Commendation            15   1988 Lockwood
                                                               Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
V. Semantics                                         15   1988 Lockwood
VI. Discourse and Literary                                     Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Studies                                              15   1988 Lockwood
VI. Discourse and Literary                              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Studies                                       15   1988 Lockwood
VI. Discourse and Literary                              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Studies                                       15   1988 Lockwood
VI. Discourse and Literary                              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Studies                                       15   1988 Lockwood
VI. Discourse and Literary                              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Studies                                       15   1988 Lockwood
VI. Discourse and Literary                              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Studies                                       15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VII. History of Linguistics                   15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VII. History of Linguistics                   15   1988 Lockwood

                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood

                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood

                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IX. Language and Society                      15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IX. Language and Society                      15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IX. Language and Society                      15   1988 Lockwood
                               Winner of
                               Presidents'              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
IX. Language and Society       Commendation   15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
X. Written Language                           15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
X. Written Language                           15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
X. Written Language                           15   1988 Lockwood
                                                        Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
X. Written Language                           15   1988 Lockwood
                                                    Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
X. Written Language                       15   1988 Lockwood


                                                    Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
XI. Language Acquisition                  15   1988 Lockwood
                           Winner of
                           Presidents'              Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
XI. Language Acquisition   Commendation   15   1988 Lockwood
                                                    Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
XI. Language Acquisition                  15   1988 Lockwood
XII. Computational                                  Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Linguistics                               15   1988 Lockwood
XII. Computational                                  Brend, Ruth M. & David G.
Linguistics                               15   1988 Lockwood
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1989
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989



LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1989
NUM     AUTHOR                    TITLE                                                  PAGES
        Read, Allen Walker        A Personal Journey Through Linguistics                 5-17
                                  Why Don't More Linguists Recognize that People
        Gregory, Michael          Know What They're Talking About?                       21-40
                                  The Cockroach Syndrome: Phonological and
        Key, Mary Ritchie         Semantic Stability Throughout the Millennia            43-64
                                  Pragmatics of Interactional Signs: A Case of Uh-
      Maynard, Senko K.           Huh's and the Like in Japanese Conversation            67-76
14.01 Christie, William M.        Stratal Divisions and Non-Exhaustive Analysis          79-87
14.02 Griffen, Toby D.            Cymric Language and Logic                              88-96
14.03 Melby, Alan K.              Statutory Analysis                                     97-110
                                  Physicalism vs. Functionalism and 'Cognition' vs.
                                  'Interaction': A Comparison of Chomsky's and
14.04 Schulz, Janine              Halliday's Theories of Language                        111-120
                                  For a Phonology Without "Rules": Peripheral
                                  Timing-Structures and Allophonic Patterns in
14.05   Boucher, Victor           French and English                                     123-140
14.06   Koberne, Axel             Auditory Judgement of Intonation Patterns              141-145
14.07   Nyikos, Julius            A Linguistic Perspective of Functional Illiteracy      146-163
14.08   Bennett, Michael Eric     In Memoriam                                            167-169

                                  Gender Classification in Relation to Semological
14.09 Lockwood, David G.          and Inflectional Classes in a Stratificational Model   170-180
14.10 Akomoto, Minoji             Idiomaticity and Passivisation                         183-188
                                  Analysis and Synthesis: A Study of Way and
14.11 Bäcklund, Ulf               Manner                                                 189-220

14.12 Duffley, Patrick            Are the Modal Auxiliaries Present Subjunctives?        221-227
14.13 Hirtle, Walter              Stative vs. Dynamic: What do they Distinguish?         228-233

14.14 Barnes, Linda Laube         Article Variability in Written English                 237-247

14.15 Copeland, James E.          Comparisons of Similarity in Tarahumara                248-260

14.16 Fulton, Gordon              Grammars of Gender in Clarissa                         261-268
                                  Misconceptions of Language in Current Literary
14.17 Hall, Robert A., Jr.        Criticism                                              269-277

14.18 Jordan, Michael P.          Relational Propositions Within the Clause              278-288
      Little, Greta D. & Johnson,
14.19 Kimberly G.                 Punctuation in the Twentieth Century                   289-298

14.20 Malcolm, Karen              Woolf's Descriptive Style                              299-308
                                  Discourse Influences on the Syntax of Ordered
14.21 Prideaux, Gary D.           Events: Evidence from Texts                            309-317
                                  Learning to Sell: An Exercise in Linguistic
14.22 Savitt, Joan Neuburger      Reeducation                                            318-325
                                  Beyond Whitney's "Tenth Lecture": New Horizons
14.23 Bengtson, John D.           in Comparitive Linguistics                             329-335
14.24 Koerner, Konrad             Toward a History of Americanist Linguistics            336-343
                                  A Theory for Language Change: Barnett's Theory
14.25 Collins, Janet Duthie       of Cultural Change                                    347-363

                                  Amorce de la Neutralisation des O à la Finale
14.26 Dagenais, Louise            Absolue et Produit de la Monophtongaison D'(e)au      364-372
14.27 Hodge, Carleton T.          Lateral Drift                                         373-377
                                  New Linguistic and Runic Evidence Which
                                  Supports Hall's Thesis that the Kensington
14.28 Nielsen, Richard            Runestone is Genuine                                  378-395
                                  Latin Uruus : An Exercise in Historical Semantics
14.29 Della Volpe, Angela         and Word-Formation                                    396-405
14.30 Levin, Saul                 A Camel or a Cable Through a Needle's Eye?            406-415
                                  The 'Eye' of the Needle in Prehistoric Religion and
14.31 Maher, J. P.                Medicine: Wörter und Sachen                           416-430
                                  Pubilect : Observations on North American Teen-
14.32 Danesi, Marcel              Ager Talk                                             433-441
14.33 Eble, Connie C.             Slang as Poetry                                       442-445
                                  Sociolinguistic Rules and Dynamicity: Insights from
14.34 Sullivan, William J.        Polish Modes of Address                               446-451
14.35 Di Pietro, Robert J.        Strategic Discourse and L2 Acquisition                455-466
      Meyer, Cynthia F., Paskay,
      Barbara A. & Spruiell,     An Analysis of Child Language as a Test of the
14.36 William C.                 Systemic Theory of Circumstantials                     467-477
14.37 Reich, Peter A.            The Language Learnability Theorem Revisited            478-484
                                 Metalinguistic Awareness: The Shadow of
14.38 Wallace, Valerie J.        Language                                               485-493
14.39 Conon, Elizabeth           Metaphore: A Human Linguistics Approach                497-500
14.40 Gillaspie, Deborah L.      Human Linguistics and the Law of Contracts             501-510
                                 Ralph' - A Computer Model Simulating a
14.41 Jiang, Zixin               Communcating Individual                                511-520
                                 A Human Linguistics Account of the German
14.42 Koenig, Laura L.           Pronominal System                                      521-525
                                 How People Understand and English Pronouns: A
14.43 Li, Ligang                 Human Linguistic Approach                              526-524
                                 Context, Deixis, and Anaphora in Human
14.44 Yngve, Victor H.           Linguistics                                            535-543
                                 A General Linguistic Automatic System - Illustrated
14.45 Lee, Chang-in              with Korean and English                                547-562

14.46 Shaumyan, Sebastian         Semiotics, Linguistics, and Computer Languages        563-573
                              SPECIAL
                              DESIGNA FORUM
SECTION                       TION       #       YEAR EDITOR                 SUBTITLE
I. Special Lectures           1987 Presidential14 1987 Embleton, Sheila
                                               Address

I. Special Lectures                           14
                              Inaugural Address      1987 Embleton, Sheila

I. Special Lectures           Invited Lecture   14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

I. Special Lectures                           14 1987 Embleton, Sheila
                              Winner of 1987 Presidents' Prize
II. General Linguistics                       14 1987 Embleton, Sheila
II. General Linguistics                       14 1987 Embleton, Sheila
II. General Linguistics                       14 1987 Embleton, Sheila


II. General Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila


III. Phonology                                 14 1987 Embleton,
                              Winner of Presidents' Commendation Sheila
III. Phonology                                 14 1987 Embleton, Sheila
III. Phonology                                 14 1987 Embleton, Sheila
IV. Morphology                                 14 1987 Embleton, Sheila


IV. Morphology                                  14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
V. Semantics                                    14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                    14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

V. Semantics                                    14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
V. Semantics                                    14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VI. Discourse and Literary
Studies                                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

VII. History of Linguistics                     14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VII. History of Linguistics                     14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  14   1987 Embleton, Sheila


VIII. Historical Linguistics                  14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
VIII. Historical Linguistics                  14   1987 Embleton, Sheila


VIII. Historical Linguistics                  14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

VIII. Historical Linguistics                    14 1987 Embleton,
                               Winner of Presidents' Commendation Sheila
VIII. Historical Linguistics                    14 1987 Embleton, Sheila

VIII. Historical Linguistics                  14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

IX. Sociolinguistics                          14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
IX. Sociolinguistics                          14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

IX. Sociolinguistics                          14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
X. Language Acquisition                       14   1987 Embleton, Sheila


X. Language Acquisition                       14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
X. Language Acquisition                       14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

X. Language Acquisition                       14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
XI. Human Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
XI. Human Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

XI. Human Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

XI. Human Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

XI. Human Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila

XI. Human Linguistics                         14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
XII. Computational
Linguistics                                   14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
XII. Computational
Linguistics                                   14   1987 Embleton, Sheila
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY           YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL      1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988


LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988


LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988


LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988

LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS       Lake Bluff, IL    1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1988
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                               PAGES

      Yngve, Victor H.            To be a Scientist                                   5-25
      Gregerson, Kenneth          Pharynx Iconism as Figure and Ground                29-49
                                  The Cult of Weapons in Rock Art and Indo-
      Maher, John Peter           European Languages                                  53-90
                                  On Reconstructing Voiced Aspirated Stops and
      Boerger, Brenda H.          Retroflexed Stops for Proto-Gypsy                   93-102
13.01 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.    Towards a Functional-Stratificational Linguistics   105-114
                                  Theoretical Models for the Study of New Varieties
13.02 Tay, Mary W.J.              of English                                          115-124

13.03 Griffen, Toby D.            Symmetry in Swabian Umlaut Patterns                 127-135
      Kontra, Miklós & Gósy,      Interference in Intonation: Notes on Hungarian-
13.04 Mária                       Americans                                           136-145

13.05 Montreuil, Jean-Pierre Y.   Nucleus Assignment in French and in Catalan         146-155
                                  Some Abstract Features of Kwa Vowel Harmony:
                                  An Autosegmental Approach to Engenni, Ibgo,
13.06 Savage, Dale                Akan, and Yoruba                                    156-166

13.07 Huttar, George L.           The Afaka Script: An Indigenous Creole Syllabary 167-177
                                  Towards "Perfective" Co-Time: A Study of the
13.08 Bäcklund, Ulf               Progressive in English                           181-198

13.09 Kies, Daniel                Gradience in English Grammar                     199-207
                                  Issues in Choctaw Syntax: (Relational Grammar)-1
13.10 Bennett, Michael Eric       vs. (Relational Grammar)-2                       208-216

13.11 Guzman, Videa P. De         Indirect Objects in Siswati                         217-226
                                  Realis and Irrealis Verb Markings in Middle Watut
13.12 Leaders, Marlin             of Papua New Guinea                                 227-235

13.13 Lockwood, David G.          Clitics in a Stratificational Model of Language     236-245

13.14 Pickett, Velma B.           Clitics - To be or Not to be Words                  246-253
                                  Contextual Determinants of Third-Person Clitic
13.15 Uber, Diane Ringer          Usage in Spanish                                    254-263
13.16 Duffley, Patrick            The Meaning of To Before the Infinitive             267-274
                                  Translating English Emphasis into French: A
13.17 Garneau, Jean-Luc           Sememic Approach                                    275-285

13.18 Huang, Lillian              The Semantics of Verbal Complements in Amharic      286-301
13.19 Sullivan, William J.        Six Troublesome Synonyms                            302-314
                                  The Effect of Iteration and Contrast on Topic
 7.00 Dry, Helen                  Salience                                            317-326
13.21 Hwang, Shin Ja J.           Discourse Functions of Subject and Topic            327-338
13.22 Hartnett, Carolyn G.        Words for Development of Thinking                   339-348
                                  Helping Readers Develop Strategies for Expository
13.23 Kent, Carolyn E.            Text                                                349-356
13.24 Koops, Robert               The Layering of Implicature in the Book of Job      357-367
                                  Analyse Statistique des Propositions Dans un
13.25 Ménard, Nathan              Texte: Problemes et Methodes                        368-377
                                The Form of a Minimal Procedural Grammar: I.e. A
                                Grammar for Natural Language Interaction with a
13.26 Fawcett, Robin P.         Computer                                         381-393

13.27 Herrick, Earl M.          A Computerized Model of Transduction              394-409

13.28 Lee, Chang-in             Machine Translation: English-Korean               410-420

13.29 Gasser, Michael           Dynamic Lexical Memory                            421-431
                                A Computational Model for Representing Word
13.30 Webster, Jonathan J.      Knowledge                                         432-442

13.31 Webster, Jonathan J.      Lexi-Processing with Logo                         443-454

                                An Investigation of Gender-Bias and Written
13.32 Barnes, Linda Laube       Language                                          457-464
                                Sex Differences in Baby Talk: The Effect of
                                Language Environment on Communication and
13.33 Neapolitan, Denise M.     Cooperation                                       465-476


13.34 Eble, Connie C.           The Subversiveness of Slang                       477-482

                                Morphological Explanations of Chicano Writing
13.35 Ferrara, Kathleen         Needs                                             483-496

                                On Compounding in Brazilian and Spanish
13.36 Stephens, Thomas M.       American Racial Categories                        497-506


13.37 Pearson, Barbara Zurer    A Cognitive Basis of Metaphor                     507-516

                                Processing Strategies as Counterevidence to
13.38 Prideaux, Gary D.         Mental Modularity                                 517-523

                                Agrammatism in Aphasia: A Clarification in Light of
13.39 Peng, Fred C. C.          Chinese Aphasics                                    524-534

                                Linguistics: An Academic Family of Language
13.40 Williamson, Leon E.       Studies                                           535-545
                                The Romance and Indo-European Models of
13.41   Levin, Saul             Comparative Linguistics                           549-557
13.42   Akimoto, Minoji         A View of Idiom Formation                         558-569
13.43   Collins, Janet Duthie   The Word Order of Old English Poetry              570-580
13.44   Hess, H. Harwood        Old English Skewing                               581-590
13.45   Hodge, Carleton T.      Consonant Ablaut in Indo-European                 591-599
                                An Analysis of the Future Tense in the Early
13.46 Morris, Richard L.        Germanic Languages as a Modal Category            600-607
                             SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR            SUBTITLE
                             1986 Presidential
I. Special Lectures          Address                13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
I. Special Lectures          Inaugural Lecture      13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

I. Special Lectures          Invited Lecture        13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
                             1986 Presidents'
I. Special Lectures          Prize                  13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
II. General Linguistics                             13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

II. General Linguistics                             13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

III. Phonology and Scripts                          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

III. Phonology and Scripts                          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

III. Phonology and Scripts                          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah


III. Phonology and Scripts                          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

III. Phonology and Scripts                          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
V. Semantics                                        13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

V. Semantics                                        13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

V. Semantics                                        13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
V. Semantics                                        13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

VI. Discourse Studies                               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VI. Discourse Studies                               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VI. Discourse Studies                               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

VI. Discourse Studies                               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VI. Discourse Studies                               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

VI. Discourse Studies                               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VII. Computational
Linguistics               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VII. Computational
Linguistics               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VII. Computational
Linguistics               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VII. Computational
Linguistics               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VII. Computational
Linguistics               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VII. Computational
Linguistics               13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,
Neurolinguistics          13   1986 Fleming, Ilah

IX. Historical Studies    13   1986   Fleming, Ilah
IX. Historical Studies    13   1986   Fleming, Ilah
IX. Historical Studies    13   1986   Fleming, Ilah
IX. Historical Studies    13   1986   Fleming, Ilah
IX. Historical Studies    13   1986   Fleming, Ilah

IX. Historical Studies    13   1986 Fleming, Ilah
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1987
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1987
NUM   AUTHOR                  TITLE                                             PAGES

      Hall, Robert A. Jr.     Idiolinguistics                                    5-18
                              Grammar and Meaning: The Case of Number in
      Hirtle, Walter          English                                            21-37
                              Semantic Bases of Linguistic Description (Meaning-
      Mel'čuk, Igor A.        Text Linguistic Theory)                            41-87

12.01 Embleton, Sheila M.     A New Technique for Dialectometry                 91-98

12.02 Fickett, Joan Gleason   Language Origin: A Just-So Story                  99-103

12.03 Hewson, John            Saussure and the Variationists                    104-109

12.04 Yngve, Victor H.        The Pragmatic Aspects of Human Linguistics        110-117

12.05 Barbe, Katharina        19th Century Forerunners of Morpheme Theory       121-131
                              The Rise of the Periphrastic Verb Form in Old
12.06 Collins, Janet Duthie   English                                           132-138

12.07 Izzo, Herbert J.        On the History of Romanian                        139-147

12.08 Hodge, Carleton T.      A Relative Matter                                 148-157
                              Classical Philology, Comparative Studies, and the
                              Emergence of Linguistic Science: The Case of
12.09 Jankowsky, Kurt R.      Georg Curtius (1820-1885)                         158-169
                              The New Concepts Introduced by the Grammarian
12.10 Botero, Luis A. Pérez   Philosophers                                      170-175

                              Syllable Divisions Based on Relative Hold Duration
12.11 Boucher, Victor         During Boundary and Stress Production              179-188

12.12 Christie, William M.    Observation of a Sound Change in Progress         189-194
                              Segmenting the Unsegmentable: Dynamic
12.13 Griffen, T.D.           Analysis and Swabian Orthography                  195-201
                              Allatives and Elliptical Goal Locatives: A
                              Procedural Decoding Model and a Compatible
12.14 Coleman, D. Wells       Stratificational Treatment                        205-214

12.15 Delisle, Helga H.       Am/Beim Progressive Constructions in German       215-224
                              Compound Nominal Prefixing and Its Implications
12.16 Iwara, Alexander U.     for Synchronic Noun Forms in Lok∂∂                225-235
                              The Fiction of the Zero Morpheme and the Validity
12.17 Levin, Saul             of the Zero Allomorph                             236-245
      Marlett, Stephen A. &
12.18 Velma B. Pickett        Pluralization in Zapotec Languages                246-255

12.19 Ruhl, Charles           "Particles"                                       256-267

12.20 Akimoto, Minoji         Idioms and Rules                                  271-278

12.21 Barnes, Linda Laube     "Would" as a Habitual Past Marker in English      279-284

12.22 Bäcklund, Ulf           Almost and Nearly: Dynamic and Static Meaning     285-305
12.23 Jones, Roy G.                 The Semantics of -O - in Coushatta                306-314
                                    La Polysemie Et Le Vocabulaire Specialise Anglais
12.24 Nakos, D.                     Et Français                                       315-321

12.25 Sen-Yeldandi, Aparna          Kinship Terms as Vocatives in Russian              322-328

12.26 Brend, Ruth M.                On Defining Poetry                                 331-341
                                    Relational Networks and Kant's Critique: Some
12.27   Copeland, James E.          Parallels                                          342-350
        Cummings, Michael &         The Stylistics of Heightened Emotion in Joyce's
12.28   Anthony Hopkins             Portrait of the Artist                             351-360
                                    The Nature of Relational Networks in a Narrative
12.29   Ginsburg, Barbara L.        Text                                               361-369
        Connors, K., M.-A. Vieira & The Acquisition of French Morphosyntax by
12.30   J. Reighard                 Montreal Lusophones                                373-384

12.31 Eble, Connie C.               Slang and Cultural Knowledge                      385-390
                                    Linguistique Et Sciences Juridiques: L'expertise
                                    Linguistique Des Declarations -- Problematique Et
12.32 Ménard, Nathan                Etude De Cas                                      391-400
                            SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                     DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                          SUBTITLE
                            1985 Presidential               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
I. Special Lectures         Address                 12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
I. Special Lectures         Inaugural Lecture       12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
I. Special Lectures         Invited Lecture         12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
II. General Linguistics                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
II. General Linguistics                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
II. General Linguistics                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
II. General Linguistics                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
III. Historical Studies                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
III. Historical Studies                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
III. Historical Studies                             12 1985 Pérez
                                                            Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
III. Historical Studies                             12 1985 Pérez

                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
III. Historical Studies                              12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
III. Historical Studies                              12   1985 Pérez

IV. Phonetics, Phonology,                                      Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
Orthography                                          12   1985 Pérez
IV. Phonetics, Phonology,                                      Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
Orthography                                          12   1985 Pérez
IV. Phonetics, Phonology,                                      Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
Orthography                                          12   1985 Pérez

                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
V. Morphology and Syntax                             12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
V. Morphology and Syntax                             12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
V. Morphology and Syntax                             12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
V. Morphology and Syntax                             12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
V. Morphology and Syntax                             12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
V. Morphology and Syntax                             12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
VI. Semantics                                        12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
VI. Semantics                                        12   1985 Pérez
                                                               Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
VI. Semantics                                        12   1985 Pérez
                                       Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
VI. Semantics                12   1985 Pérez
                                       Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
VI. Semantics                12   1985 Pérez
                                       Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
VI. Semantics                12   1985 Pérez
VII. Stylistics, Discourse             Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
and Text Studies             12   1985 Pérez
VII. Stylistics, Discourse             Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
and Text Studies             12   1985 Pérez
VII. Stylistics, Discourse             Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
and Text Studies             12   1985 Pérez
VII. Stylistics, Discourse             Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
and Text Studies             12   1985 Pérez
VIII. Sociolinguistics,                Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
Applied Linguistics          12   1985 Pérez
VIII. Sociolinguistics,                Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
Applied Linguistics          12   1985 Pérez

VIII. Sociolinguistics,                Marino, Mary C. & Luis A.
Applied Linguistics          12   1985 Pérez
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986


LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986

LACUS      Lake Bluff, IL    1986
LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986

LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986


LACUS   Lake Bluff, IL   1986
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                               PAGES

      Lamb, Sydney M.             Descriptive Process                                 5-20
                                  Twentieth-Century Linguistics -- Whence and
      Hall, Robert A. Jr.         Whither?                                            23-32

      Pike, Kenneth L.            The Need for Rejection of Autonomy in Linguistics 35-53


11.01 Garvin, Paul L.             Types of Grammatical Relations                      57-62


11.02 Yngve, Victor H.            Concepts of System in Science and in Linguistics    63-70
                                  On the Language Specific Nature of Articulatory
                                  "Feature Spreading": Comparing French and
11.03 Boucher, Victor             English                                             71-76
                                  The Origin and Function of Nonlinguistic Elements
11.04 Jones, Roy G.               in a Linguistic Code                                77-86
                                  Intonation and Neutralization: Results From a
11.05 Koberné, Axel               Listening Experiment                                87-90

11.06 Lockwood, David G.          Firthian Prosodies and Stratificational Phonology   91-100

11.07 McCormack, William C.       Intonation and Foreigner Talk                       101-112
                                  Why is Voice Register Theory Hard to Plug in to
11.08 Pittman, Richard S.         Phonology?                                          113-122

11.09 Fickett, Joan Gleason       Confusion Through Diffusion                         123-129

11.10 Little, Greta D.            Written English: Dinosaur or New Species?           130-136

11.11 Griffen, T.D.               The Swabian First Person Plural                   137-142
                                  Spanish O and A : To Be or Not To Be
11.12 Pickett, Velma              Morphemes?                                        143-149
                                  The Distribution of Tense Markers in the Malagasy
11.13 Bennett, Michael Eric       Simple Clause                                     150-157

11.14 Garneau, Jean-Luc           French Pronominal Verbs: A Sememic Approach         158-170
                                  A Stratificational Approach to the Valence of
11.15 Müller, Ernst-August        Function-Verb Constructions                         171-181
                                  An Overview of the Auxiliary Do in the Verb
                                  System of Modern English Within the Framework
                                  of a Neo-Structural Theory of the Morphological
11.16 Pergnier, Maurice           Unit                                                182-190
                                  Ergativity and the Principle of the Functional
11.17 Shaumyan, Sebastian         Superposition                                       191-200

11.18 Sullivan, William J.        Russian Prepositional Phrases of Locus: Locative    201-214

11.19 Vanderslice, Ralph L. Jr.   The Copulative Hyperbaton in Modern English         215-220
                                  Tactics, Taxonomies and Functions in Metaphoric
11.20 Asp, Elissa D.              Texts                                                221-228
                                  On the Cognitive Status of the Initial And Node in
11.21 Copeland, James E.          Potential and in Nonce Discourse                     229-242

11.22 Gregory, Michael            Discourse as the Instantion of Message Exchange      243-254
                                  The Statute as Discourse and the Lawyer as
11.23 Hoey, Michael               Linguist                                             255-262
                                  Some Relations of Surprise and Expectation in
11.24 Jordan, Michael P.          English                                              263-273
                                  Situational and Gnostological Exphora as Features
11.25 Malcolm, Karen              of Coherence in Casual Conversation                  274-282

11.26 Pulgram, Ernst              The Role of Prosodies in Discourse Analysis          283-293

11.27 Eble, Connie C.             Slang: Variations in Dictionary Labeling Practices   294-302
                                  Semantics - Syntactics - Pragmatics: A New Look
11.28 Pap, Leo                    at an Old Distinction                                303-313

11.29 Reich, Peter A.             Unintended Puns                                      314-322

11.30 Rohsenow, John S.           Idiomaticity in Mandarin Chinese                     323-340

11.31 Bächlund, Ulf               Semantic Duality: Quick(ly) and as -Clauses          341-364

11.32 Ruhl, Charles               Primary Verbs Revisited                              365-374

11.33 Carroll, Linda L.           Linguistic Correlates of Emotion in Ruzante      377-391
                                  Old English: A Language Indo-European in Form
11.34   Collins, Janet Duthie     But Not Function                                 392-403
                                  A Comparative Syntactosemantic Reconstruction
11.35   Costello, John R.         of the Absolute Construction in Indo-European    404-421
                                  Sequence and Function in the Old English Nominal
11.36   Cummings, Michael         Group                                            422-431
                                  Oh Gracyous God My Harte It Burstes -- On the
                                  Historical Development of Unmarked and Marked
11.37   Johannesson, Nils-Lennart Topics in English                                432-446
                                  The Cases of Nouns and Pronouns in Ancient Indo-
                                  European Languages: Morphology Partly at Odds
11.38   Levin, Saul               With Syntax                                      447-457
                                  What the Sociology of Language Has to Say About
11.39   Donahue, Thomas S.        American Dialectology                            460-470
                                  The Sociolinguistic Significance of Intra-Style
11.40   Edwards, Walter F.        Variation in Guyanese Speech                     471-480
        Regan, John & Xiao-Ling   Preverbal Communication: Comparisons of a
11.41   Hong                      Semiotic System on Its Own                       481-491

11.42 Barnes, Marvin R.           Focus Grammar and Language Acquisition Rules         492-497

11.43 Di Pietro, Robert J.        The Place of Grammar                              498-505
                                  Self-Directed Language-Learning as an Alternative
11.44 Echerd, Stephen M.          to the Classroom                                  506-509
                           The Role Played By Prior Linguistic Experience in
11.45 Thomas, Jacqueline   Second and Third Language Learning                  510-518

11.46 Izzo, Herbert J.     Rediscovering Carlo Denina (1731-1813)              521-530

11.47 Koerner, Konrad      On Writing the History of American Linguistics       531-542
                           Linguistic Progress and Progress in Linguistics: Dr.
11.48 Schreyer, Rüdiger    Johnson's Dictionary of the English Language         543-554
                              SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                       DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                  SUBTITLE
                              1984 Presidential
I. Special Lectures           Address                11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

I. Special Lectures           Inaugural Lecture      11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

I. Special Lectures           Invited Lecture        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
A. General Linguistic
Theory                                               11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
A. General Linguistic
Theory                                               11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

II. Descriptive Linguistics
B. Phonology                                         11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
B. Phonology                                         11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
B. Phonology                                         11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
B. Phonology                                         11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
B. Phonology                                         11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
B. Phonology                                         11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
C. Language and Writing                              11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
C. Language and Writing                              11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
D. Inflection                                        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
D. Inflection                                        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.


II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
E. Syntax                                            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
F. Discourse                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
G. Lexicon                     11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
G. Lexicon                     11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
G. Lexicon                     11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
G. Lexicon                     11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
H. Semantics                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
II. Descriptive Linguistics
H. Semantics                   11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

III. Historical Studies        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

III. Historical Studies        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

III. Historical Studies        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

III. Historical Studies        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.


III. Historical Studies        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.


III. Historical Studies        11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics   A.
Sociolinguistics               11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics   A.
Sociolinguistics               11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics   B.
Paedolinguistics               11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics   C.
Language-Teaching              11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics   C.
Language-Teaching              11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics   C.
Language-Teaching              11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
IV. Applied Linguistics C.
Language-Teaching            11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

V. History of Linguistics    11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

V. History of Linguistics    11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.

V. History of Linguistics    11   1984 Hall, Robert A. Jr.
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1985
NUM   AUTHOR                    TITLE                                             PAGES

      Halliday, M.A.K.          On the Ineffability of Grammatical Categories     3-18

      Mathiot, Madeleine        Language in Context                               21-29

      Garvin, Paul L.           Foundational Issues in Linguistics                33-44
                                The Language of Imagination: A Linguistic
10.01 Pesch, Helmut W.          Appraisal of Literary Fantasies                   47-56
                                Towards a More Formal Definition of Pike's
10.02 Rister, Alan F.           Tagmeme                                           57-64
                                Kruszewski's Contribution to General Linguistic
10.03 Koerner, Konrad           Theory                                            65-78

10.04 Hirtle, Walter            Gusta Ve Guillaume -- A Primer                    79-84
                                Texture and Cohesion: Some Complementarities
10.05 Copeland, James E.        in Systemic and Cognitive Linguistics             85-95

10.06 Herrick, Earl M.          On the Nature of the Interfacial Strata           96-107

10.07 Yngve, Victor H.          The Law of Componential Partitioning              108-116
                                Towards the Linguistic Analysis of One's Own
10.08 Pike, Kenneth L.          Poems                                             117-128

10.09 Lockwood, David G.        Tone in a Non-Substantive Theory of Language      131-140
                                Implicational Phonology: Martinet, Foley, and
10.10 Cravens, Thomas D.        Beyond                                            141-148

10.11 McCalla, Kim              Two Problems in Distinctive Feature Analysis  149-154
                                Dynamic Phonology and the Indo-European Sound
10.12 Griffen, T.D.             Shift                                         155-166
                                On Compensatory Lengthening: The Oriental
10.13 Peng, Fred C.C.           Perspectives                                  167-173

10.14 Blansitt, Edward L. Jr.   Functional Syntax and Pre-Linear Lexology         177-184
                                La Construction V NP INF : Une Solution Morpho-
10.15 Le Flem, D.C.             Syntaxique A L'impasse Transformationnelle        185-192
                                Freedom, Bondage, and the Morphology/Syntax
10.16 Hall, Robert A. Jr.       Distinction                                       193-197
                                Some Universal Aspects of Adjective Order: A
10.17 Howell, Kenneth J.        Functional Perspective on Determination           198-208
      Lesage, René & Diane
10.18 Barnabé                   L'indicative Apres Bien Que Et Quoique            209-217

10.19 Hewson, John              Why Languages Have No Sentences                   218-223
                                Complex Lexical Cohesion in the English Clause
10.20 Jordan, Michael P.        and Sentence                                      224-234
                                Our Changing Understanding of the Suffix -en in
10.21 Hofmann, Wilma            English                                           235-248

10.22 Levin, Saul               What's Wrong With "All and Only"?                  249-254
                                A Linguistic Overview of the Nigel Text Generation
10.23 Mann, William C.          Grammar                                            255-265
                                How to Make Grammatical Choices in Text
10.24 Matthiessen, Christian    Generation                                         266-284
10.25 Ruhl, Charles                The Verb Slap                                          287-295
                                   Lexical Gaps and Lexicalization: A Diachronic
10.26 Penelope, Julia              Analysis                                               296-304
                                   Lexicostatistical Research in Tok Pisin, Romance,
10.27 Embleton, Sheila M.          and "Amerindian"                                       305-312
                                   Propositional and Predicational Analysis in
10.28 Gregory, Michael             Discourse Description                                  315-322
                                   Paragraph Structure of Biomedical Speeches:
10.29 Dubois, Betty Lou            Preliminary Report                                     323-332

10.30 Weydt, Harald                Techniques of Request: In Quest of Its Universality 333-341

10.31 Di Pietro, Robert J.         Unpredictability in Conversational Discourse           342-348
                                   Different Approaches to the Description of Casual
10.32 Malcolm, Karen               Conversation                                           349-355
                                   The Use of the Passive in Sierra Popoluca
10.33 Elson, Ben                   Discourse                                              356-364
                                   Stratificational Theory and the Fallacy of "Literal"
10.34 Sullivan, William J.         Translations                                           367-376

10.35 Danesi, Marcel               Verbal Problems in Mathematics and Translation         377-386
                                   The Gain and Loss of Information During
10.36 Laubitz, Zofia               Translation                                            387-396
      Pergnier, Maurice & Roda
10.37 P. Roberts                   Quelle Theorie Semantique Pour La Traduction?          397-406


10.38 Eble, Connie C.              Slang: Deviation or Norm                               409-416

                                   Regards Sociolinguistiques Sur La Langue Du
10.39 Garneau, Jean-Luc            Theatre De Michel Tremblay                             417-424

      Lantolf, James P. & William Second Language Performance and Vygotskyan
10.40 Frawley                     Psycholinguistics: Implications for L2 Instruction      425-440

                                   Un Test Ecrit Peut-il Vraiment Evaluer La
10.41 Demers, Louise Jasmin        Competence a Communiquer?                              441-453
                                   Cognitive Style, Lateral Eye Movement and
                                   Deductive Vs. Inductive Second Language
10.42 Stieblich, Christel          Learning                                               454-463

                               The Effects of Right and Left Hemisphere Damage
10.43 Johnson-Weiner, Karen M. on the Comprehension of Stress in English       464-473


10.44 Libben, Gary                 Auditory Verbal Discrimination in Aphasia              474-482

                                   Narrative Communication Type Vs. Narrative Text
10.45 Koll-Stobbe, Amei            Type: Evidence From Dysphasia                   483-492

10.46 Collins, Janet Duthie        The Tyranny of Poetic Form in Old English              495-504
                                   From curb niés To cor nier: The Linguistic
10.47 Colby-Hall, Alice M.         Metamorphoses of William's Epic Nose                   505-515
                           The New Genetic Relationship and the
                           Paleolinguistics of the Central California Indian
10.48 Sadovszky, Otto J.   Ceremonial Houses                                   516-530
                            SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                     DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                   SUBTITLE
                            1983 Presidential               Manning, Alan, Pierre
I. Special Lectures         Address                 10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
I. Special Lectures         Inaugural Lecture       10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
I. Special Lectures         Invited Lecture         10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
II. General Linguistics                             10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
III. Phonology                                      10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
III. Phonology                                      10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
III. Phonology                                      10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
III. Phonology                                      10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
III. Phonology                                      10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                                            Manning, Alan, Pierre
IV. Morphology and Syntax                           10 1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
V. Semantics              10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
V. Semantics              10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
V. Semantics              10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VI. Discourse Studies     10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VI. Discourse Studies     10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VI. Discourse Studies     10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VI. Discourse Studies     10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VI. Discourse Studies     10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VI. Discourse Studies     10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VII. Translation          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VII. Translation          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VII. Translation          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
VII. Translation          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
VIII. Sociolinguistics,
Psycholinguistics,                  Manning, Alan, Pierre
Neurolinguistics          10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
IX. Historical Studies    10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                    Manning, Alan, Pierre
IX. Historical Studies    10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
                                   Manning, Alan, Pierre
IX. Historical Studies   10   1983 Martin & Kim McCalla
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1984
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                                PAGES
                                  Introducing Charles F. Hockett's Presidential
      Halliday, M.A.K.            Address                                              5-7
                                  The Changing Intellectual Context of Linguistic
      Hockett, C.F.               Theory                                               9-42

      Martinet, André             What is Syntax?                                      45-56
                                  Language as a Semiological System: A Re-
      Fawcett, Robin P.           Interpretation of Saussure                           59-125
                                  On Understanding People -- An Integrative
 9.01 Pike, Kenneth L.            Philosophy                                           129-136
                                  Bloomfield's Fundamental Assumption of
 9.02 Yngve, Victor H.            Linguistics                                          137-145
                                  C C Fries, Signals Grammar and the Goals of
 9.03 Fries, Peter H.             Linguistics                                          146-158
                                  Linguistic Creativity and the Langue/Parole
 9.04 Copeland, James E.          Distinction                                          159-168

 9.05 Martinet, Jeanne            From Linguistics to Semiology                        169-174
                                  Whitehead and Lamb: A New Network of
 9.06 Regan, John                 Connection                                           175-183
                                  Differentiation and Frequency of Linguistic
 9.07 Mańczak, Witold             Elements                                             184-188
                                  On Determining the Number of Strata in Linguistic
 9.08 Lamb, Sydney M.             Structure                                            189-203

 9.09 Griffen, T.D.               Totally Obstructed Syllables in Dynamic Phonology 207-215
                                  Phonological Features of Selected Columbian
 9.10 Brend, Ruth M.              Languages                                         216-219

 9.11 Hudson, Grover              The Principled Phonology of Maltese Verbs            220-230

 9.12 Lockwood, David G.        Parameters for a Typology of Word Accent               231-240
      Bunte, Pamela A. & Robert
 9.13 Franklin                  San Juan Southern Paiute Numerals                      243-252
                                Statistical Evaluation of Morphosyntactic Variation:
 9.14 Powers, Michael D.        Evidence from Portuguese and Spanish                   253-261
                                Clause and Sentence as Distinct Units in the
                                Morphosyntactic Analysis of English and Their
                                Relation to Semological Propositions and
 9.15 Gregory, Michael          Predications                                           262-271
                                Indirect Object Structures and Language
 9.16 O'Grady, William          Acquisition                                            272-281

 9.17 Barnes, Mervin R.           A Theoretical Basis for German Word Order            282-290

 9.18 Bennett, Michael Eric       Aspects of Temporal Clauses in Hopi                  291-298

 9.19 Ruhl, Charles               Figurative Kick                                      301-310

 9.20 Bäcklund, Ulf               Appear and Seem -- Lexical Integrity in Danger?      311-335
9.21 Hirtle, Walter H.           Can Any Express Any Quantity?                       336-343
                                 The Interjection Na in German: A Functional
9.22 Delisle, Helga H.           Analysis                                            344-353

9.23 Rugaleva, Anelya            On Typology of Lexical Cohesion in Discourse        357-366
     Arndt, Horst & Richard      Towards an Interactional Grammar of Spoken
9.24 Wayne Janney                English                                             367-381
                                 The Paragraph: What is It? Some Traditional and
9.25 Malcolm, Karen              Contemporary Proposals                              382-389

9.26 Di Pietro, Robert J.        Form Vs. Function in Discourse Studies              390-397
                                 Le Postulat Lexical: Unite Minimale Fonctionnelle
9.27 Demers, Louise Jasmin       D'analyse Semantique Des Textes                     398-404
                                 Linguistic Signals of Activeness and Passiveness
9.28 Rashidi, Linda S.           in Lawrence Durrell's The Alexandria Quartet        405-412
                                 Grammar and Reference in a Tagmemic Analysis
9.29 Tyma, Deborah               of a Literary Text                                  413-424
                                 The Functions of Left Dislocation in Spontaneous
9.30 Montgomery, Michael         Discourse                                           425-432

9.31 Eble, Connie C.             Greetings and Farewells in College Slang            433-442
                                 On Certain Basic Flaws in the Criticism of Modern
9.32 Donahue, Thomas S.          Bilingual Education                                 445-456
     Lantolf, James P. & Rajai   Non-Linguistic Parameters of Inter-Language
9.33 Khanji                      Performance: Expanding the Research Paradigm        457-473
                                 An Experimental Reappraisal of Some Syntactic
9.34 Lin, J.S. & L.M. Stanford   Constraints on Code-Switching                       474-483

9.35 McCormack, William C.       "Foreigner Talk" in Social Interaction              484-495
     Manning, Alan & Robert
9.36 Eatock                      The Influence of French on English in Quebec        496-502

9.37 Levin, Saul                 Syllabic Writing and the Discovery of Verb-Roots    505-514
                                 Contribution to the History of the Study of the
9.38 Kim, Tai Whan               Adjective in Japanese                               515-522

9.39 Galambos, Sylvia Joseph     From Vso to Svo in French: A Functional Approach 523-531

9.40 Collins, Janet Duthie       Cynewulf or Cynewulfian?                        532-539
     Baxter, Lewis & Michael     Computerized Analysis of Systemic Tree Diagrams
9.41 Cummings                    in Old English                                  540-548

9.42 Hall, Robert A. Jr.         The Language-Problem in Modern Italy                549-554

9.43 Read, Allen Walker          The Kensington Stone as a Folklore Object           555-563

9.44 Embleton, Sheila M.         Are Personal-Name-Derived Place Names Sexist? 564-570
                            SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                     DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR             SUBTITLE
                            1982 Presidential
I. Special Lectures         Address                 9   1982 Morreall, John
                            1982 Presidential
I. Special Lectures         Address                 9   1982 Morreall, John

I. Special Lectures         Inaugural Lecture       9   1982 Morreall, John

I. Special Lectures         Invited Lecture         9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John
II. General Linguistic
Theory                                              9   1982 Morreall, John

III. Phonology                                      9   1982 Morreall, John

III. Phonology                                      9   1982 Morreall, John

III. Phonology                                      9   1982 Morreall, John

III. Phonology                                      9   1982 Morreall, John

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           9   1982 Morreall, John

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           9   1982 Morreall, John



IV. Morphology and Syntax                           9   1982 Morreall, John

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           9   1982 Morreall, John

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           9   1982 Morreall, John

IV. Morphology and Syntax                           9   1982 Morreall, John

V. Semantics                                        9   1982 Morreall, John

V. Semantics                                        9   1982 Morreall, John
V. Semantics               9   1982 Morreall, John

V. Semantics               9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VI. Discourse Studies      9   1982 Morreall, John

VII. Bilingualism          9   1982 Morreall, John

VII. Bilingualism          9   1982 Morreall, John

VII. Bilingualism          9   1982 Morreall, John

VII. Bilingualism          9   1982 Morreall, John

VII. Bilingualism          9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John

VIII. Historical Studies   9   1982 Morreall, John
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1983
NUM   AUTHOR                     TITLE                                                  PAGES

      Levin, Saul                Standard English, Good English, Correct English        3-13
                                 Genetic Linguistics Today: Some Scientific
      Dyen, Isidore              Aspects                                                17-35
                                 The Goals of Linguistic Theory and Applicative
      Shaumyan, Sebastian        Grammar                                                39-64
                                 The Nature and Use of Metafunctions in Systemic
 8.01 Gregory, Michael           Theory: Current Concerns                               67-74

 8.02 Pharies, David A.          C. S. Peirce and Linguistics                           75-81

 8.03 Koerner, Konrad            Positivism in Linguistics                              82-99

 8.04 Christie, William M. Jr.   The Bifurcation of Linguistics                         100-104
      Dilinger, Mike & Eithne    Communicative and Other Competences: A
 8.05 Guilfoyle                  Systematization                                        105-113
                                 The Subjacency Condition and Language
 8.06 O'Grady, William           Acquisition                                            114-125
                                 Variation in the Semantic Interpretation of Isolated
 8.07 Magnera, Georgia E.        Words                                                  126-137

 8.08 Boisset, Jean-Hugues       Semantic Properties and Language Change                138-147

 8.09 Do Couto, Hildo Honorio    Sign Relations                                         148-162
                                 Metaphorical Senses of Zero Verbs in American
 8.10 Bibović, Ljiljana          English                                                163-174

 8.11 Ruhl, Charles             The Verb Kick                                           175-186
                                On the Use of Postmodification in English Noun
 8.12 Johannesson, Nils-Lennart Phrases                                                 187-195

 8.13 Cummings, Michael          A Systemic-Functional Model for Old English            196-206

 8.14 Griffen, T.D.              Vowel Affection in Dynamic Phonology                   207-217

 8.15 Hoffman, Melvin J.         Sound Change Versus Social Shibboleths                 218-230
                                 Phonetic Continua and Relational Network
 8.16 Sullivan, William J.       Phonology                                              231-237
                                 The Phonology and Morphology of Bulgarian
 8.17 Lockwood, David G.         Nominal Accent                                         238-247
                                 Aspects of Reflexive/Reciprocal Expressions in
 8.18 Bennett, Michael Eric      Hopi                                                   248-258
                                 Linguistic Mixture in the Kensington Runic
 8.19 Hall, Robert A. Jr.        Inscription                                            261-264
                                 Lexicostatistical Tree Reconstruction Incorporating
 8.20 Embleton, Sheila M.        Borrowing                                              265-272

 8.21 Collins, Janet Duthie      A Technique for Dating Old English Poetic Texts        273-285

 8.22 Eble, Connie C.            "What's Else to Say?"                                  286-298

 8.23 Vizmuller, Jana            Cohesion in Latin and in Old Italian                   299-307

 8.24 Hodge, Carleton T.         Some Implications of Lislakh                           308-315
                                  Idiolect, Dialect, Sociolect: What About
8.25 Danesi, Marcel               "Psycholect"?                                         319-325

8.26 Colquhoun, Ann               Linguistics and Non-Vocal Communication               326-334
                                  Italian-English Bilingualism in Australia: The Effect
8.27 Di Pietro, Robert J.         of Norms                                              335-340

8.28 Morreall, John               Language, Logic, and Laughter                         341-349

8.29 The Second Foundation        Silence is Deadly                                     350-358

8.30 Little, Greta D.             Politeness in the Courtroom                      359-368
                                  On Nonstandard Subject-Verb Agreement in
8.31 Ricardo, Stella M. Bortoni   Portuguese                                       369-376
                                  Martha, Mother of a Language -- A Case Report on
                                  the Gestural Creation of a Deaf Amerindian in
8.32 Yau, Shun-chiu               Northern Canada                                  377-387

8.33 Winter, Eugene O.            On a Contextual Definition of Sentence                391-400

8.34 Hoey, Michael                Discourse-Centred Stylistics -- A Way Forward?        401-409
                                  Structure, Meaning and Information Signals of
                                  Some Very Short Texts: An Introductory Analysis
8.35 Jordan, Michael P.           of Everyday English Prose                             410-417

8.36 Monaghan, James              On the Phonological Signalling of Text Structure 418-427
     Benson, James D. &           Textual Meaning in Trollope's Barchester Towers:
8.37 William S. Greaves           The Foregrounding of Adversative Conjunctions    428-436

8.38 Sandor, Andras               On the Concept of 'Verbal Work'                       437-444
                                  The Role of the Noun-Pronoun Alternation in
8.39 Coleman, D. Wells            Paragraphing                                          445-452

8.40 Edmiston, Patrick            Kosena Paragraph Structure                            453-464

8.41 Huyser, Howard Jr.           Influences on Temporal Sequence in Narrative          465-470
                                  Predication Typing of Oral and Written Expository
8.42 Hesch, June Iris             Genre                                                 471-480
                                  Canadian English: A Literary Picture from the
8.43 Tilly, Anthony               Novels of the 1970s                                   483-489
                                  A Stratificational View of Chiasmatic Structures in
8.44 Garneau, Jean-Luc            French and English                                    490-501
                                  Linking Phenomena, Intonation and French
8.45 Savitt, Joan Neuburger       Syntax: The Outline of a Pedagogical Norm             502-511
     Connors, Kathleen &          Etude Sur Le Francais Des Diplomes De
8.46 Louise Jasmin-Demers         "L'immersion Tardive"                                 512-522
                                  The Relation of L1 Vocabulary to L2: A Study of
8.47 Kontra, Miklós               Hungarian-Americans                                   523-540
                                  A Bilingual Concordance System and Its Use in
8.48 Melby, Alan K.               Linguistic Studies                                    541-549
                           SPECIAL           FORUM
SECTION                    DESIGNATION       #     YEAR EDITOR                  SUBTITLE
                           1981 Presidential            Gutwinski, Waldemar &
I.                         Address               8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
I.                         Inaugural Address     8 1981 Grace Jolly
                           Special Invited              Gutwinski, Waldemar &
I.                         Lecture               8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
II.General                                       8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
III. Genetic Linguistics                         8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
III. Genetic Linguistics                         8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
III. Genetic Linguistics                         8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
III. Genetic Linguistics                         8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
III. Genetic Linguistics                         8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                                        Gutwinski, Waldemar &
III. Genetic Linguistics                         8 1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly

                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
IV. Language Ecology   8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly

                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
V. Discourse           8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
VI. Applications       8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
VI. Applications       8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
VI. Applications       8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
VI. Applications       8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
VI. Applications       8   1981 Grace Jolly
                                Gutwinski, Waldemar &
VI. Applications       8   1981 Grace Jolly
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1982
NUM     AUTHOR                     TITLE                                              PAGES

        Gleason, H.A., Jr.         Grammar, Grammars, and Grammarians                 3-13

        Lamb, Sydney M.            On the Aims of Linguistics                         17-27
                                   Text Semantics and Clause Grammar: Some
        Halliday, M.A.K.           Patterns of Realization                            31-59
                                   Towards a Semantic Typology of Minimal
 7.01 Hagège, Claude               Linguistic Utterances                              63-72

 7.02 Lipski, John M.              Surface Deviation as Grammatical Competition       73-82

 7.03 Peacock, Dennis E.           The 'Market' for Language Theory                   83-88

 7.04 Ney, James W.                What is a Linguistic Theory?                       89-99
                                   Syllabic, Morphological, and Pseudo-Syllabic
 7.05 Pulgram, Ernst               Boundaries                                         100-105
                                   What's Going on: A Dynamic View of Context in
 7.06 Hasan, Ruqaiya               Language                                           106-121
      Copeland, James E.,
 7.07 Davis, Philip W.            Identifiability and Focal Attention                 122-137
                                  Slips of the Tongueand Metathesis in a
 7.08   Griffen, T.D.             Nonsegmental Model                                  138-144
        Bennett, David C.,        Towards a Relational network Model of Sentence
 7.09   Hammond, Jay              Recognition                                         145-152
                                  The Linearization of Speech: Some Basic
 7.10   Schreyer, Rüdiger         Problems                                            153-164
                                  Total Accountability in a Multistratal Theory of
 7.11   Lockwood, David G.        Language                                            165-174
                                  Towards a Stratificational Description of
 7.12   Müller, Ernst-August      Collocations                                        175-187
                                  A Method for Quantitative Analysis of Text
 7.13   Johannesson, Nils-Lennart Structure                                           191-204
                                  The Missing Link in the Interrelationship of
 7.14   Jankowsky, Kurt R.        Sentences                                           205-216

 7.15 Blackburn, Linda             Repetition in Quiché Discourse                     217-226
      Esau, Helmut, Poth,
 7.16 Annette                      Dominance Patterns in Conversational Interaction   227-239
                                   Some Syntactic Features in Direct- and Cross-
 7.17 Tyma, Deborah                Examination                                        340-248

 7.18 Dubois, Betty Lou            The Management of Pity in Biomedical Speeches      249-256

 7.19 Ruhl, Charles                The Noun Ice                                       257-269
                                   Slang, Productivity, and Semantic Theory: A Closer
 7.20 Eble, Connie C.              Look                                               270-275

 7.21 Whalen, D. H.                When Anaphors are Metaphors                        276-283
                                   Word Order Universals and SVO --> SOV in
 7.22 Chu, Chauncey C.             Chinese                                            284-294
                                A Theory of Grammatical Gender, Suggested by
                                the Anomalous Agreement of the Semitic
7.23 Levin, Saul                Numerals                                            295-304

7.24 Morreall, John             Expositive Adverbials and Declarative Sentences     305-311
                                The Italian Construction Verb + Preposition +
7.25 Vizmuller, Jana            Infinitive                                          312-317

7.26 Studerus, Lenard H.        A Notional Feature Map to Spanish Aspect            318-328

7.27 Sternberg-Costa, Janet     Subjunctive and Indicative In Brazilian Portuguese 329-338
     Franklin, Robert, Bunte,
7.28 Pamela                     Southern Paiute Stress and Related Phenomena        339-347
                                Systemic Phoricity in the Old English Nominal
7.29 Cummings, Michael          Group                                               348-358

7.30 Bennett, Michael Eric      Aspects of the Imperative in Hopi             359-367
                                The Old English Nominal Form/Function
7.31 Collins, Janet Duthie      Configurations                                368-373
                                On the Development of the Construction Kommen
7.32 Williams, Britt            + Perf. Part. In German                       374-387

7.33 Peng, Fred C. C.           Historical Linguistcs and Sign Language             388-398
                                Pregnant and Specific Objects: A Collocational
7.34 Bäcklund, Ulf              Investigation of Recognize and Realize              399-411

7.35   Kontra, Miklós           On English Negative Interrogatives                  412-431

7.36 Pap, Leo                   Sociology of Language Versus Sociolinguistics       435-443

7.37 Sullivan, William J.       English as a (Non-)Sexist Language                  444-456

7.38 Melby, Alan K.             Linguistics and Machine Translation                 457-466
                                The Many Dimensions of Conversational
7.39 Di Pietro, Robert J.       Language                                            467-474
     Connors, K., Nuckle, L.,   The Acquisition of Pronoun Complement
7.40 Green, W.                  Structures in French and English                    475-485
                                Neurolinguistic Organization of a Bilingual's Two
7.41 Paradis, Michel            Languages                                           486-494
     Beniak, Edouard,           Acquisition of Past Participles by L2 Learners of
7.42 Mougeon, Raymond           French                                              495-508

7.43 McCormack, William C.      The Passive Bilingual and "Foreigner Talk"          509-521

7.44 Pickett, Velma B.          Can There be a Model-Neutral Textbook?              522-528
     Acton, William R.,
     Lindeman, Mary L.,
7.45 Phoenix, Valdemar G.       Language Acquisition Heuristics                     529-535
                                Socio-Psycho-Linguistic Testing in the
                                Development of an Orthography for a Preliterate
7.46 Morren, Ronald C.          Society                                             536-545
                             The Influence of Phonetics, Semantics, Etymology
7.47 Williamson, Leon        and Preference on English Spelling                546-572
                             Frogs into Princes: Conflict Between
                             Organizational Structures as Revealed by Forms of
7.48 The Second Foundation   Address                                           573-580

7.49 Géfin, Laszlo K.        Pound's Cantos in Hungarian                      581-589
                               SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                        DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                SUBTITLE
                               1980 Presidential              Copeland, James E.,
I.                             Address                 7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
I.                             Inaugural Address       7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                               Special Invited                Copeland, James E.,
I.                             Lecture                 7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                                              Copeland, James E.,
II. Language in General                                7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:                                  Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems                                      7 1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
III. Language in Particular:            Copeland, James E.,
Specific Problems              7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.

                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.

                                        Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics     7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                      Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics   7   1980 Davis, Philip W.

                                      Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics   7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
                                      Copeland, James E.,
IV. Ecological Linguistics   7   1980 Davis, Philip W.
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1981
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                                   PAGES

      Pulgram, Ernst              Pulgram's Progress                                      3-17

 6.01 Barnes, Mervin R.           What is a Linguistic Rule?                              21-29

 6.02 Thomas, David               Centrifugal Force and Black Holes in Language           30-35
                                  Two Algebraic Manipulations and the English
 6.03 Pia, J. Joseph              Great Vowel Shift                                       36-44
      Stanley, Julia Penelope &
 6.04 Wolfe, Susan J.             Style as Meaning                                        45-52
      Klein, Sheldon, Kaufer,
      David S.& Neuwirth,         The Locus of Metaphor in Frame-Driven Text
 6.05 Christine M.                Grammars                                           53-67
                                  Three Viewpoints on the Organization of Linguistic
 6.06 Hagège, Claude              Utterances                                         68-77

 6.07 Boisset, Jean-Hugues        In Defense of the Predicative Function of Metaphor 78-85
                                  Comparative Reconstruction (Especially in
 6.08 Hall, Robert A., Jr.        Romance) - How Far and How Valid?                  89-101

 6.09 Griffen, T. D.             Provection from Prosodic Constraint                      102-110
      Wolfe, Susan J. & Stanley, Attributive Adjectives and Rule Conspiracies:
 6.10 Julia Penelope             Ontogeny Recapitulates Phylogeny                         111-124
                                 An Hypothesis for Old English Object Noun Case
 6.11 Collins, Janet Duthie      Alternation                                              125-131
                                 Grammatical Relations and Case in Modern
 6.12 O'Grady, William D.        Georgian                                                 132-140

 6.13 Payne, Thomas E.            Subject in Yup'ik (Eskimo)                              141-149

 6.14 Tabe, Shigeru               Noun and That -Clause in Apposition               150-161
                                  The Imperative, In Relation to Other Verbal Forms
 6.15 Levin, Saul                 or Functions                                      162-169

 6.16 Hines, Carole P.            As Well and As Well As                                  170-176
                                  Perfectly and Quite : Explicit and Implicit
 6.17 Bäcklund, Ulf               Contrastiveness                                         177-199

 6.18 Ruhl, Charles               The Semantic Field of Break , Cut , and Tear            200-214

 6.19 Eble, Connie C.             Slang, Productivity, and Semantic Theory                215-227

 6.20 Cummings, Michael           Systemic Analysis of Old English Nominal Groups         228-242
                                  English Idioms, 'Funktionsverbgefüge' and Free
                                  Constructions: Their Delimitation in Stratificational
 6.21 Müller, Ernst-August        Grammar                                                 245-254
      Copeland, James E. &        A Stratificational Approach to Discourse and Other
 6.22 Davis, Philip W.            Matters                                                 255-263
                                  Status Discrimination By Third Person Title
 6.23 The Second Foundation       Reference                                               264-270

 6.24 Bennett, Michael Eric       Aspects of Grammatical Number in Hopi                   271-281

 6.25 Schreyer, Rüdiger           The Definition of Nodes in Stratificational Grammar 282-291
                               Principles of a Box-Diagram Notation for Syntactic
6.26 Lockwood, David G.        Solutions                                          292-301

6.27 Lytle, Eldon G.           Junction Grammar: Theory and Application          305-343

6.28 Melby, Alan K.           A Comparative Look at Junction Grammar           344-352
                              Acquisition of French Pronominal Verbs by Groups
     Beniak, Edouard, Raymond of Young Monolingual and Bilingual Canadian
6.29 Mougeon & Normand Côté Students                                           355-368

                               Native vs. Non-Native Errors and the L1 = L2
6.30 Connors, Kathleen         Hypothesis                                        369-379

                               Level of Aspiration and Attrition in Foreign
6.31 Trabert, Judith A.        Language Learning                                 380-392

     Esau, Helmut & Pointer,   The Role of Filtering Devices in Language
6.32 Lyra                      Acquisition                                       393-402


6.33 Kadler, Eric H.           Vowel Reduction in French, Spanish and German     403-411

                               Reconceptualization as a Form of Language
6.34 Nash, Rose                Contact                                           412-419


6.35 Paradis, Michel           Language and Thought in Bilinguals                420-431


6.36 Mohan, B.                 Applied Linguistics and ESL Approaches to Writing 432-441
                               Linguistic Forms and Social Frames in
6.37 Dore, John                Interpretation                                    445-454

6.38 McTear, Michael F.        The Pragmatics of "Because"                       455-463
     Wells, Gordon, MacLure,
     Margaret & Montgomery,
6.39 Martin                    Some Strategies for Sustaining Conversation       464-474

6.40 Morreall, John            Austinian IFS and Conditional Telling             475-482
                               Information Structure and Pragmatics in Spanish
6.41 Lantolf, James P.         Discourse                                         483-493
                               The Variable Structure of the Fifteenth-Century
6.42 Garey, Howard B.          Rondeau                                           494-501

6.43 Léon, Monique             Semantique et Intonation                        502-509
                               The Ethnography of Speaking and the Description
6.44 Urion, Carl               of Conversation                                 510-516

6.45 Southerland, Ronald H.    On Characterizing Communicative Competence        517-524

6.46 Jones, Larry B.           Pragmatic Influences on English Written Discourse 525-537
                           SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                    DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                      SUBTITLE
                           1979 Presidential              McCormack, William C.,
                           Address                 6 1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
I. Expanding Horizons in                                  McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                  6 1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
I. Expanding Horizons in                                  McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                  6 1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
I. Expanding Horizons in                                  McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                  6 1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
I. Expanding Horizons in                                  McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                  6 1979 Izzo, Herbert J.

I. Expanding Horizons in                                     McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                   6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
I. Expanding Horizons in                                     McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                   6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
I. Expanding Horizons in                                     McCormack, William C.,
Linguistic Theory                                   6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
II. Refinements in                                           McCormack, William C.,
Established Approaches                              6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.

III. Stratificational                                        McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                                             6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
III. Stratificational                                        McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                                             6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
III. Stratificational                                        McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                                             6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
III. Stratificational                                        McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                                             6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
III. Stratificational                                        McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                                             6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
III. Stratificational                McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                     6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
IV. Introducing Junction             McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                     6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
IV. Introducing Junction             McCormack, William C.,
Grammar                     6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
V. Processes in
Bilingualism and Language            McCormack, William C.,
Learning                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.

VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
VI. Speech Act, Discourse            McCormack, William C.,
Analysis                    6   1979 Izzo, Herbert J.
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1980
NUM   AUTHOR                    TITLE                                                PAGES

      Pike, Kenneth L.          Linguistics - From There to Where?                   3-13

 5.01 Wells, Rulon S.           Semantics in a Linguistic Framework                  21-36

 5.02 Mithun, Marianne          Some Semantics of Polysynthesis                      37-44

 5.03 Klenin, Emily             Meaning and Change of Meaning: Logic in History 45-51
                                Phonosymbolism, Morphosymbolism and Lexico-
 5.04 Tyma, Stephen             Semantic Constants                              52-65

 5.05 Lieb, Hans-Heinrich       On the Notion of Lexical Field                       66-80
                                Lexical Polygenesis: Words as Resultants of
 5.06 Wescott, Roger W.         Multiple Linguistic Pressures                        81-92

 5.07 Ruhl, Charles             Alleged Idioms With Hit                                93-107
                                Quick(ly), Rapid(ly), Swift(ly): A Study of a Group of
 5.08 Bäcklund, Ulf             Synonyms                                               108-133

 5.09 Hines, Carole P.          Lexical Integrity: Good, Great and Well          134-141
                                English Words Derived From Geometrical
 5.10 Danesi, Marcel            Terminology                                      142-147
                                Obeli: The Dogma of Usage Versus the Doctrine of
 5.11 Vanderslice, Ralph        Receipt                                          148-152

 5.12 Waugh, Linda R.           Markedness and Phonological Systems                  155-165
      Pia, Joseph J., Storm,
 5.13 Edward F.                 Phonology: An Algebraic Perspective                  166-176
                                Examination of Parallels Among Strata in
 5.14 Hoffman, Melvin J.        Aspectual Phonological Theory                        177-188
                                Approaches to Morphophonemics in the Aspectual
 5.15 Savitt, Joan Neuburger    Model                                                189-194
                                Vowel Nasality: The Case of Portuguese and
 5.16 Do Couto, Hildo Honório   Guaraní                                              195-200

 5.17 Sullivan, William J.      Predicting Ambiguous Syllabification          201-208
                                The Phonemic Shape Types of English: An Essay
 5.18 Pilch, Herbert            in Non-Syllabic Phonology                     209-213

 5.19 Lockwood, David G.        On Quasi-Automatic Stree Systems                     214-223
      Tousignant, Claude,
      Archambault, Danielle,    Vraies et Fausses Interrogatives en Français
 5.20 Santerre, Laurent         Montrealais: Etude Suprasegmentale                   224-229

 5.21 Watts, Linda K.           Prosodic Analysis of the Speech of an Elderly Lady 230-234
                                Realizations Involving Spanish (and Other
 5.22 Herrick, Earl M.          Neoroman) Suprasegmental Graphemes                 235-244

 5.23 Longacre, Robert E.       Why We Need a Vertical Revolution in Linguistics     247-270
                                Is Conversation Structured?: Towards an Analysis
5.24 McTear, Michael F.         of Informal Spoken Discourse                     271-279

                                Reinterpretive Functions of Anaphoric
5.25 Tyma, Deborah              Demonstrative Noun Phrases in Expository English 280-288

5.26 Little, Greta D.           Subject Deletion in English                       289-297

5.27 Newman, Jean E.            Intonation and Expectation                        298-306

5.28 Fleming, Ilah              Discourse from the Perspective of Four Strata     307-317
                                Ellipsis and Prior Mention in Japanese
5.29 Hinds, John                Conversation                                      318-335
                                A Context Constraint on Syntactic Analysis in
5.30 Rohsenow, John S.          Mandarin Chinese                                  336-345
     Lindner, Rosalyn, Oliva,
5.31 Joseph                     A Structural Analysis of Jury Deliberations       346-351

5.32 Paradis, Michel            Baby Talk in French and Quebecois                 355-366

     Canale, Michael, Mougeon, Generalization of Pour After Verbs of Motion in
5.33 Raymond, Beniak, Edouard Ontarian French                                     367-376
                               Prosodic Analysis of Two Varieties of Buffalo
5.34 Carlock, Elizabeth K.     English                                            377-382
     Esau, Helmut, Grider,
5.35 Sylvia                    The Wends: A Case Study of Ethnic Variables        383-396
                               A Sociolinguistic Description of Religious
                               Communication: A Case Study of an Evangelical
5.36 Webster, Jonathan James Message                                              397-406
                               Titles, Strategies, and Status: A Relational
5.37 The Second Foundation     Perspective                                        407-414

5.38 Reza Ordoubadian           Sexism and Language Structure                     415-421

5.39 Prost, J. H.               Why Do We Have A Vocal Language?                  425-434

5.40 Riefer, Marcia             Language and the Mind-Body Dichotomy              435-442

5.41 Di Pietro, Robert J.       Language and the Imagination                      443-450
                                Attention Must be Paid: Italic Types and
5.42 Davis, Boyd H.             Chapman's Homer                                   451-457

5.43 Preziosi, Donald           Hierarchies of Signs in Nonverbal Semiosis        458-467
     Butler, James H., Pike,
5.44 Evelyn G.                  Transitivity and Voice in Tzutujil Clause Roots   471-486
                                Grammatical Categories and the Marking of
5.45 Wingerd, Judy              Temporal Distinctions in Haitian Creole           487-496

5.46 Hodge, Carleton T.         Lislakh IV: Hindo-Hittite Haitch                  497-502

5.47 Levin, Saul                Predication Through an Obligatory Copulative Verb 503-509
                             Functor Analysis: A Method of Quantifying
                             Function Words for Comparing and Classifying
5.48 Zorc, R. David Paul     Languages                                           510-521
                             Pilot and Parasite Disciplines in the Development
5.49 Koerner, E. F. K.       of Linguistics Science                              525-534

5.50 Peacock, Dennis E.      Who Didd What in American Linguistics?              535-539

5.51 Smith, Edward L., Jr.   The Place of Tagmemics in Linguistic Science        540-554

5.52 Griffen, T. D.          Language as a First-Level Abstraction               555-561

5.53 Barnes, Mervin R.       Deep and Surface Structure Universals               562-571
                           SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                    DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                        SUBTITLE
                           1978 Presidential              Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
                           Address                 5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
I. Semantics and                                          Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Lexicology                                         5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                  Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                     5 1978 Paul L.

II. Phonology, Prosodics                                     Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                      5   1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                     Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                      5   1978 Paul L.
II. Phonology, Prosodics                                     Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
and Graphemics                                      5   1978 Paul L.
                                                             Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse                                      5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.

                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
III. Discourse         5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.

                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.

                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
IV. Sociolinguistics   5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
V. Semiotics           5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
V. Semiotics           5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
V. Semiotics           5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
V. Semiotics           5   1978 Paul L.
                                Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
V. Semiotics           5   1978 Paul L.
VI. Grammar and                 Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Comparison             5   1978 Paul L.
VI. Grammar and                 Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Comparison             5   1978 Paul L.
VI. Grammar and                 Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Comparison             5   1978 Paul L.
VI. Grammar and                 Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Comparison             5   1978 Paul L.
VI. Grammar and                        Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Comparison                    5   1978 Paul L.
VII. Linguistic History and            Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Theory                        5   1978 Paul L.
VII. Linguistic History and            Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Theory                        5   1978 Paul L.
VII. Linguistic History and            Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Theory                        5   1978 Paul L.
VII. Linguistic History and            Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Theory                        5   1978 Paul L.
VII. Linguistic History and            Wölck, Wolfgang, Garvin,
Theory                        5   1978 Paul L.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979


LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979

LACUS      Columbia, SC      1979
LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979


LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979


LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979


LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979
LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979

LACUS   Columbia, SC   1979
NUM   AUTHOR                        TITLE                                              PAGES

      Wescott, Roger Williams       The Link of Language                               3-15

                                    The Acquisition of Czech in the English
 4.01 Bubenik, Vit                  Environment                                         19-28
                                    Metalinguistic Development of Children in Bilingual
                                    Education Programs: Data from Irish and
 4.02 Cummins, James                Canadian Ukrainian-English Programs                 29-40

                                    Question Form and Question Funciton in the
 4.03 Lightbown, Patsy M.           Speech of Young French L2 Learners                 41-50


 4.04 Preziosi, Donald              Language and Perception                            51-60

                                    Maternal Diglossia: The Adult Use of "Baby Talk"
 4.05 Makkai, Valerie Becker        as an Instructional Device                         61-65


 4.06 Dell, Gary S.                 Slips of the Mind                                  69-74

      Kess, Joseph F. & Hoppe,      Psycholinguistic Experiments in Ambiguity:
 4.07 Ronald A.                     Analogy, Anomaly, or Artifact?                     75-82
                                    Toward an Integration of Piaget and Vygotsky: A
                                    Cross-Cultural Replication (Frach, Germany,
                                    Canada) Concerning Cognitive Consequences of
 4.08 Bain, Bruce & Yu, Agnes       Bilingualism                                       83-96

                                    Some Common Traits of Visual and Verbal
 4.09 Debes, John L.                Language and Languaging                            97-104

      Obler, Loraine K. & Albert,   A Monitor System for Bilingual Language
 4.10 Martin L.                     Processing                                         105-113

                                    Cerebral Lateralizationa nd Plasticity: Their
 4.11 Schnitzer, Marc L.            Relevance to Language Acquisition                  114-120

                                    Language Impairment and Recovery in Polyglot
 4.12 Galloway, Linda               Aphasia: A Case Study of a Hepta-Lingual           121-130

                                    Bilingual Education: A New Challenge to Old
 4.13 Di Pietro, Robert             Priorities                                         133-141

      Morren, Ronald C. &           Procedures Involved in Developing Literacy
 4.14 Williamson, Leon E.           Materials for a Preliterate Society                142-153
      Connors, K., Ménard, N, &
      Singh, R., with the
      collaboration of
      Beauregard, D., Lazure, R.,   Testing Linguistic and Functional Competence in
 4.15 & Morse-Chevrier, J.          Immersion Programs                                 154-164
                              Pour une Prise de Conscience des Habitudes
                              Articulatoires Maternelles dans L'etude D'une
4.16 Savitt, Joan Neuburger   Langue Seconde                                    165-171


     Bether, Beth & Horne,    The Language of Male-Female Humor in Popular
4.17 Bettie                   Pulp                                              175-184


                              But How Does a Bilingual Feel? Reflections on
4.18 Rabel-Heymann, Lili      Linguistic Attitudes of Immigrant Academics       185-193


                              Elicitation of Cultural Stereotypes Through the
4.19 Saint-Jacques, Bernard   Presentation of Voices in Two Languages           194-199


     von Raffler-Engel,
4.20 Walburga                 Children Have Bodies                              200-208


     Mathiot, Madeleine &     A Functional Empiricist Approach to the Analysis of
4.21 Dougherty, Eleanor       Face-to-Face Interaction                            209-217


                              Bilingual Strategies of Communication: Evidence
4.22 Lawton, David L.         from the Text                                     218-225



4.23 Levin, Saul              Scholarly and Literary Bilingualism               226-235



4.24 Timm, Lenora A.          Code-Switching in War and Peace                   236-249



4.25 The Second Foundation    Relational Network Approaches to Code-Switching 250-262


                              Code Switching and the Proglem of Bilingual
4.26 Lipski, John M.          Competence                                        263-277



4.27 Domingue, Nicole         L'usage Bilingue dans le Centre de Montreal       278-285


     Amastae, Jon & Elías-
4.28 Olivares, Lucía          Attitudes Toward Varieties of Spanish             286-302
4.29 Ordoubadian, Reza       Azarbayjani: Bilingualism and Politics             303-307



4.30 Hines, Carol P.         Well, …                                            308-318

                             Towards a Classificatory Matrix for Linguistic
                             Varieties, or: The Dialect/Language Problem
4.31 Wölck, Wolfgang         Revisited                                          319-327



4.32 Garvin, Paul L.         An Empiricist Epistemology for Linguistics         331-351


                             Transmutation as a Defining Characteristic of
4.33 Bergan, Hans R.         Language                                           352-362



4.34 Palmer, Joe Darwin      Linguistics in Medias Res                          363-369



4.35 Ruhl, Charles           Two Forms of Reductionism                          370-383



4.36 Pearson, Bruce L.       Paradigms and Revolutions in Linguistics           384-390



4.37 Borgida, Alexander T.   Formal Aspects of Stratificational Theory          391-400


                             Relating Synchrony and Diachrony in the Analysis
4.38 Tyma, Stephen           and Description of Language                        403-413



4.39 Hodge, Carleton T.      Lislakh                                            414-422



4.40 Eble, Connie C.         Aelfric and Bilingualism in Anglo-Saxon England    423-431

                             The Use of Contrastive Stress in Dialogue: An
4.41 Newman, Jean E.         Esperiment                                         435-443
4.42 Browne, Sandra C.           Phonological Aspects of Timing                     444-450


4.43 Sullivan, William J.        The "Enclitic" Syllable in English                 451-459

     Oliva, Joseph & Duchan,     Three Levels of Temporal Structuring in Spoken
4.44 Judith                      Language                                           460-468

     Barnes, Mervin & Esau,      Generative Approaches to English Prosody:
4.45 Helmut                      Assessment and Outlook                             469-483


4.46 Griffen, T. D.              The Case Against Allophony                         484-490

                                 An Argument for Partial Specifications: Evidence
4.47 Lozano, M. Carmen           from Spanish                                       491-501

                                 A Different Perspective Toward: "Economy and
4.48 Joffman, Melvin J.          Symmetry in English Consonants"                    502-510


4.49 Malkiel, Yakov              From Phonosymbolism to Morphosymbolism             511-529

     Santerre, Laurent, Noiseux, La Chute du /1/ dans les Articles et les Pronoms
4.50 Danielle, & Ostiguy, Luc    Clitiques en Francais Quebecois                    530-538

                                 French and English Prepositions: A Bi-Stratal
4.51 Garneau, Jean-Luc           Study                                              539-549
     Mougeon, Raymond,           Le Role de L'interference dans L'emploi des
     Bélanger, Monique, &        Prepositions en Francais et en Anglais par des
4.52 Canale, Michael             Jeunes Franco-Ontariens Bilingues                  550-559

                                 On the Syntax and Semantics of German Modal
4.53 Lieb, Hans-Heinrich         Verbs: A Surface Structure Analysis                560-575


4.54 Andrew, Christine M.        An Experiment on Focus                             576-584

                                 The Relation Between Linguistic Proximity and
4.55 Bäcklund, Ulf               Extralinguistic Contrast                           585-603

                                 A Cloze Study of Verb Usage in Context: Anglos
4.56 Dubois, Betty Lou           and Chicanos                                       604-614


4.57 Read, Allen Walker          The Numerical Naming of People                     615-624


4.58 Phillips, Brian             A Calculus of Cohesion                             627-637
4.59 Wilbur, Terence H.   The Grammar of the Basque Proverb                 638-641
                          Beyond the Fragment: Using Stratificational and
                          Tagmemic Theory in an Analysis of Pascal's
4.60 Tyma, Deborah        Pensees                                           642-649

                          Grammatical Versus Referential Structure
4.61 Lander, Doris        Illustrated in English Definition              650-659
                          Quelques Aspects D'une Stylistique Comparee du
                          Francais et du Hongrois a la Base de la
4.62 Kelemen, Jolande     Linguistique                                   660-669


4.63 Makkai, Adam         The Meaning of Noel Coward's "Venice"             670-679
                              SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                       DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR              SUBTITLE
                              1977 Presidential
                              Address                 4   1977 Paradis, Michel
I. Developmental
Psycholinguistics: The
Acquisition of Language                               4   1977 Paradis, Michel
I. Developmental
Psycholinguistics: The
Acquisition of Language                               4   1977 Paradis, Michel
I. Developmental
Psycholinguistics: The
Acquisition of Language                               4   1977 Paradis, Michel
I. Developmental
Psycholinguistics: The
Acquisition of Language                               4   1977 Paradis, Michel
I. Developmental
Psycholinguistics: The
Acquisition of Language                               4   1977 Paradis, Michel
II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel
II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel

II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel
II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel
II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel
II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel
II. Psycho- and
Neurolinguistics: Language
and the Brain                                         4   1977 Paradis, Michel
III. Linguistics Applied to
Language Teaching and
Planning                                              4   1977 Paradis, Michel
III. Linguistics Applied to
Language Teaching and
Planning                                              4   1977 Paradis, Michel


III. Linguistics Applied to
Language Teaching and
Planning                                              4   1977 Paradis, Michel
III. Linguistics Applied to
Language Teaching and
Planning                       4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

IV. Sociolinguistics; Social
Variables Influencing
Language Use                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel

V. Linguistic Metatheory:
Epistemological
Foundations of Lingusitics     4   1977 Paradis, Michel

V. Linguistic Metatheory:
Epistemological
Foundations of Lingusitics     4   1977 Paradis, Michel

V. Linguistic Metatheory:
Epistemological
Foundations of Lingusitics     4   1977 Paradis, Michel

V. Linguistic Metatheory:
Epistemological
Foundations of Lingusitics     4   1977 Paradis, Michel

V. Linguistic Metatheory:
Epistemological
Foundations of Lingusitics     4   1977 Paradis, Michel

V. Linguistic Metatheory:
Epistemological
Foundations of Lingusitics     4   1977 Paradis, Michel

VI. Diachronic Linguistics:
Historical and Comparative
Linguistics                    4   1977 Paradis, Michel

VI. Diachronic Linguistics:
Historical and Comparative
Linguistics                    4   1977 Paradis, Michel

VI. Diachronic Linguistics:
Historical and Comparative
Linguistics                    4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                      4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VII. Grammar: Phonology,
Morphology, Syntax and
Semantics                   4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VIII. Text Linguistics:
Discourse Analysis Beyond
the Sentence                4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VIII. Text Linguistics:
Discourse Analysis Beyond
the Sentence                4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VIII. Text Linguistics:
Discourse Analysis Beyond
the Sentence                4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VIII. Text Linguistics:
Discourse Analysis Beyond
the Sentence                4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VIII. Text Linguistics:
Discourse Analysis Beyond
the Sentence                4   1977 Paradis, Michel
VIII. Text Linguistics:
Discourse Analysis Beyond
the Sentence                4   1977 Paradis, Michel
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY         YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc. Columbia, SC      1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978



Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1978
NUM   AUTHOR                      TITLE                                               PAGES

      Bolinger, Dwight            The Price of Language                               3-11



 3.01 Christie, William M., Jr.   Two Traditions in Linguistic Theory                 15-20


      Sharp, John M. & John B.
 3.02 Frerichs, M.D.              Aristotle on Language                               51-28



 3.03 Jankowsky, Kurt R.          The European Engagement of William D Whitney        29-38



 3.04 Key, Mary Ritchie           The Linguistic Discoveries of Catherine the Great   39-45


                                  A Model for Sociolinguistic Restatement of
 3.05 Dubois, Betty Lou           Ethnographic Material: The Mescalero Apache         49-59



 3.06 Freeze, Ray A.              Whence the Future of K'ekchi' (Maya)                60-76


                                  The Obligatory-Optional Principle: A
 3.07 Pulte, William              Counterexample from Cherokee                        77-78



 3.08 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.    Construct State Nominals in Tarahumara              79-83

      Past, Ray & McLean,
 3.09 Guillermo                   Some Characteristics of Bluefields English          87-94

      Ornstein, Jacob & Dubois,   Mexican-American English: Prolegomena to a
 3.10 Betty Lou                   Neglected Regional Variety                          95-107

                                  The Phonology and Morphology of American
 3.11 Wescott, Roger W.           English Slang                                       108-119

                                  The Phonic Constituency of Barrio English: A Case
 3.12 Sosa, Francisco             of Phonological Adoption                          120-127


 3.13 Levin, Saul                 The English and the American Robin                  128-136

                                  The Portuguese-English Language Contact in the
 3.14 Rameh, Clea                 United States                                       139-148
                                Concerning the (Non-) Influence of Indigenous
3.15 Izzo, Herbert J.           Language on the Phonology of American Spanish 149-157


3.16 Di Pietro, Robert J.       The Magic of Italian in the New World              158-165

                                Linguistic Change and Challenge: Preserving a
3.17 Taylor, Dennis Q.          Native Language in a Foreign Environment           166-172

                                The Gender of English Loan Substantives in
3.18 Hoffmann, Wilma            Danube Swabian                                     173-183

                                Changes in the Lithuanian Semantics of
3.19 Martinaitis, Nijole        Processes                                          184-192

                                Language Contact and Language Change: Some
3.20 Reklaitis, Janine K.       Specifics from Lithuanian                          193-202


3.21 McClellan, T. R.           One Man's Wendish                                  203-206

                                Is Linguistics a Superstructure? The Case of
3.22 Gray, Bennison             Ukrainian and Black English                        207-216

3.23 Janda, Izabella H.         Hungarian Place Names in the United States         219-227
                                Rutherford County Onomastics: A Bicentennial
3.24 Ordoubadian, Reza          Reminiscence                                       228-233


3.25 Paradis, Michel            The Stratification of Bilingualism                 237-247

     Williamson, Leon E. &      The Reading Performances of Monolinguals and
3.26 Young, Freda               Bilinguals Compared                                248-257

                                Linguistic Acculturation: Coalescence vs.
3.27 Markey, T. L.              Conservation                                       258-266
                                A Cognitive Model for the Social Construction of
3.28 The Second Foundation      Reality: A Progress Report                         269-277

3.29 Preziosi, Donald           Toward a Relational Theory of Culture              278-286

3.30 Woolley, Dale E.           Iconic Aspects of Language                         287-294
     Peng, Fred C. C. & Clouse,
3.31 Debbie                     Place Names in Japanese Sign Language              295-308
                                Sold at Fine Stores Everywhere, Naturellement: A
                                Look at Borrowed Words in French and American
3.32 Knepler, Myrna             Magazine Advertising                               309-318
                                Some Linguistic Observations on Mathematical
3.33 Danesi, Marcel             Puzzles                                            319-326
                                The Semantics and Perception of IC Structure: A
                                Gestalt Approach to Color Terms: Spanish and
3.34 Maher, J. Peter            English 'Green'                                    327-334

                                What has Happened to Chomsky's Concept of
3.35 Babitch, Rose Mary         Creativity?                                        337-342
     Pike, Kenneth L. & Pike,
3.36 Evelyn G.                  Referential Versus Grammatical Hierarchies         343-354


3.37 Longacre, Robert E.        Generating a Discourse from its Abstract           355-367

                                Discourse Structure and Non-Restricted Relative
3.38 Phillips, Brian            Clauses                                            368-375
     Esau, Helmut, Horne,
     Pamela, Macha,
     Bernadyne, & Yost,
3.39 Carlson                    An Analysis of College Classroom Discourse         376-390

3.40 Sullivan, William J.       Toward a Logical Definition of Linguistic Theory   393-404

3.41 Lieb, Hans-Heinrich        Surface Syntax as a Basis for Semantics            405-412

3.42 Lockwood, David G.         Remarks on Derivational Morphology                 413-422
                                Explicit Presupposition as an Underlying
3.43 Chu, Chauncey C.           Representation                                     423-437
     Reich, Peter A. & Dell,
3.44 Gary S.                    Finiteness and Embedding                           438-447
     Dell, Gary S. & Reich,
3.45 Peter A.                   A Model of Slips of the Tongue                     448-455

3.46 Ruhl, Charles              Idioms and Data                                    456-466

3.47 Makkai, Adam               Idioms, Psychology, and the Lexemic Principle      467-478

3.48 Householder, Fred W.       Innateness and Improvisability                     479-485

3.49 Gleason, H. A., Jr.        Realization, Transformations, and Filters          486-494
                                Floating Semantic Features and Verbal
3.50 Ney, James W.              Complements in English                             497-508
                                Analytical Trends in Contemporary German: A
                                Semantic Description of 'Function Verbs'
3.51 Fink, Stefan R.            Expressing Aktionsarten 'Modes of Events'          509-524

3.52 Bäcklund, Ulf              Apex Adjectives                                    525-536

3.53 Wilbur, Terence H.         Causative Sentences in Basque                      537-544

3.54 Fries, Peter H.            English Predications of Comparison                 545-556
                                Patatak Revisited: Autonomous Phonology and
3.55 Vanderslice, Ralph         Generative Vacuity                                 559-566

3.56 Savitt, Joan Neuburger     Where do Feature Hierarchies Come From?            567-572
                                Functional Relationships in an Hierarchical
3.57 Griffen, T. D.             Phonology                                          573-579

3.58 Bergan, Hans R.            The Morphophone: A Reassessment of Phonology 580-593
                                Speech/Writing Disjunctions for Spanish Stress
3.59 Herrick, Earl M.           and Accent: Part I                             594-602
                           Sociolinguistics and Philology Applied to an Italian
3.60 Tuttle, Edward F.     Phonologic Asymmetry                                 605-613

                           The Actuation and Implementation of and Old
3.61 Toon, Thomas E.       English Sound Change                               614-622

                           Phyletic Linguistics and the Foreign Language
3.62 Landsberg, Marge E.   Teacher                                            623-630
                               SPECIAL             FORUM
SECTION                        DESIGNATION         #     YEAR EDITOR                         SUBTITLE
                               1976 Presidential              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
                               Address                 3 1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
I. Personalities Across the
Atlantic: New and Old in
American and European                                             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguistics                                              3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
I. Personalities Across the
Atlantic: New and Old in
American and European                                             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguistics                                              3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
I. Personalities Across the
Atlantic: New and Old in
American and European                                             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguistics                                              3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
I. Personalities Across the
Atlantic: New and Old in
American and European                                             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguistics                                              3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

II. Continuing in the Oldest
Tradition: The Studey of                                          Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Amerindian Languages                                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

II. Continuing in the Oldest
Tradition: The Studey of                                          Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Amerindian Languages                                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

II. Continuing in the Oldest
Tradition: The Studey of                                          Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Amerindian Languages                                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

II. Continuing in the Oldest
Tradition: The Studey of                                          Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Amerindian Languages                                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
III. English in America: Its
Varieties and Social                                              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Contexts                                                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
III. English in America: Its
Varieties and Social                                              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Contexts                                                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
III. English in America: Its
Varieties and Social                                              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Contexts                                                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
III. English in America: Its
Varieties and Social                                              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Contexts                                                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
III. English in America: Its
Varieties and Social                                              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Contexts                                                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                                               Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America                                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IV. Language Contact and
its Impact on Other                   Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Languages in America         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
V. Onomastics in the New              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
World                        3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
V. Onomastics in the New              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
World                        3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VI. Toward a Greater
Understanding of                      Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Bilingualism                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VI. Toward a Greater
Understanding of                      Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Bilingualism                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VI. Toward a Greater
Understanding of                      Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Bilingualism                 3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

VII. The Semiotics of                 Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Language                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VIII. Discourse Structure:
Some New Dimensions for               Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguists                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VIII. Discourse Structure:
Some New Dimensions for               Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguists                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VIII. Discourse Structure:
Some New Dimensions for               Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguists                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
VIII. Discourse Structure:
Some New Dimensions for               Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguists                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

VIII. Discourse Structure:
Some New Dimensions for               Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Linguists                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
IX. Improving the Theory              Di Pietro, Robert J. &
of Grammar                   3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
X. Clarifying Some                    Di Pietro, Robert J. &
specifics of Grammar         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.

X. Clarifying Some                    Di Pietro, Robert J. &
specifics of Grammar         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
X. Clarifying Some                    Di Pietro, Robert J. &
specifics of Grammar         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
X. Clarifying Some                    Di Pietro, Robert J. &
specifics of Grammar         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
X. Clarifying Some                    Di Pietro, Robert J. &
specifics of Grammar         3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XI. Phonology Visited and             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Revisited                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XI. Phonology Visited and             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Revisited                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XI. Phonology Visited and             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Revisited                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XI. Phonology Visited and             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Revisited                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XI. Phonology Visited and             Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Revisited                    3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XII. New Ideas About Old
Problems in the History of            Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Lanuages                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XII. New Ideas About Old
Problems in the History of            Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Lanuages                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
XII. New Ideas About Old
Problems in the History of            Di Pietro, Robert J. &
Lanuages                     3   1976 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY         YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc. Columbia, SC      1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1977
NUM   AUTHOR                     TITLE                                              PAGES
      Reich, Peter A.            Preface                                            ix


 2.01 Gleason, H. A., Jr.        Continuity in Linguistics                          3-16


 2.02 McCawley, James D.         ¡Madison Avenue, Si, Pennsylvania Avenue, No!      17-28

                                 The Ethnography of Linguistic Intuitions at Warm
 2.03 Hymes, Virginia D.         Springs                                            29-36

                                 An Empirical Constraint on the Class of Possible
 2.04 Rodman, Robert             Transformational Grammars of Natural Languages 37-43


 2.05 Blansitt, Edward L., Jr.   A Uniform Format for Grammatical Descriptions      44-51


 2.06 Makkai, Adam               Toward an Ecological Dictionary of English         52-59

                                 Sociolexicography - A Proposal for a Real
 2.07 Urdang, Laurence           Dictionary                                         60-64

 2.08 Hockett, C. F.             A New Point D'Appui for Phonology                  67-90
                                 The Degree of Difference and Perceptual
 2.09 Woolley, Dale E.           Confusions                                         91-106
                                 The Inadequacy of Bipolarity and Distinctive
                                 Features: The German "Voiced/Voiceless"
 2.10 Taylor, Dennis Q.          Consonants                                         107-119

      Oliva, Joseph & Duchan,    Structural Regularities in the Intonation of an
 2.11 Judith                     Abnormal Speaker: Psycholinguistic Implications    120-128
                                 Problems from Implicit Premises in Classical
                                 Phonemics: Examination, Identification, and
 2.12 Hoffman, Melvin J.         Current Implications                               129-140
                                 Alternatives to Matrix Models in Phonetics and
 2.13 Lockwood, David G.         Phonology                                          141-153
      Lamb, Sydney M. &
 2.14 Vanderslice, Ralph         On Thrashing Classical Phonemics                   154-163
                                 Abstractness, the Syllable, and the Fleeting Vowel
 2.15 Sullivan, William J.       in Russian                                         164-179

 2.16 Sosa, Francisco            A Generative Modle of Spanish Syllabic Structures 180-187

 2.17 Peng, Fred C. C.           Sign Language and its Notational System            188-199

 2.18 Herrick, Earl M.           Orderedness and 'and' Nodes                        200-210

 2.19 Gleason, H. A., Jr.        Economy and Symmetry in English Consonants         211-216
                                 Toward a Sequential Onset Feature Phonology of
 2.20 Reich, Peter A.            English                                            217-226

 2.21 Bolinger, Dwight           The In-Group: One and its Compounds                229-237
2.22 Anttila, Raimo                The Metamorphosis of Allomorphs                    238-248
                                   Does Word Order in Noun Compounding Reflect
2.23 Little, Greta D.              Sentential Syntax?                                 249-254

2.24 Bäcklund, Ulf                 Frozen Adjective-Noun Collocations in English      255-271

2.25 Danesi, Marcel                A Tagmemic Model of Italian Verb Morphology        272-282
                                   The Genitive Case in Azarbayjani: A Problem of
2.26 Ordoubadian, Reza             Recursiveness                                      283-291

2.27 Bokamba, Eyamba G.            Relativization in Bantu Languages Revisited        292-310

2.28 Johnson, Carl W., Jr.         A More than Passing Look at Passives: Swahili      311-319

2.29 McCawley, Noriko A.           What Strikes Me About Psych-Movement               320-328

2.31 Read, Allen Walker            The Search for Semantic Units                      331-343
                                   The Teacher Taught the Student English': An
2.32 Halliday, M. A. K.            Essay in Applied Linguistics                       344-349

2.33 Esau, Helmut                  Focus Again                                        350-369

2.34 Ruhl, Charles                 Pragmatic Metonymy                                 370-380

2.35 Phillips, Brian               Structure in Discourse                             381-399
                                   A Cognitive Model for the Social Construction of
2.36 The Second Foundation         Reality: Progress Report                           400-413

2.37 Prost, J. H. & Smith, S. L.   How Body Language is Translated into Words         414-419
     Murphy, Paul R. &             A Survey of Research on Language Diversity: A
2.38 Ornstein, Jacob               Partial Who's Who in Sociolinguistics              423-461

2.39 Di Pietro, Robert J.          The Strategies of Language Use                     462-467

2.40 Eble, Connie C.               Etiquette Books as Linguistic Authority            468-475

2.41 Manes, Joan                   The Definition as a Speech Act                     476-486

2.42 Shaffer, Douglas              The Place of Code Switching in Linguistic Contacts 487-496

2.43 Wescott, Roger W.             Allolinguistics: Exploring the Peripheries of Speech 497-513
                                   The Need for a Sociolinguistic Marking System:
2.44 Ornstein, Jacob               And a Proposal                                       514-527

2.45 Landsberg, Marge E.           On Reconstructing "Proto-Human"                    531-536
                                   On the Generativity of Neogrammarian Linguistic
2.46 Markey, T. L.                 Change                                             537-543

2.47 McClellan, Thomas             Analogy: Mental Pattern or Mental Procedure?       544-548

2.48 Song, Seok Choong             Synchronic Alternation and Diachronic Change       549-556

2.49 Levin, Saul                   Titles Translated Unidiomatically                  559-566
                                   Anglo-French Misleading Transfer Items: A
2.50 Garneau, Jean-Luc             Semantic Analysis                                  567-583
                               The Assimilation of English Loanwords in Italo-
2.51 Clivio, Gianrenzo P.      Canadian                                           584-589
                               English Hungarian and Hungarian English
2.52 Janda, Izabella Horvath   Language Interference Phenomena in Chicago         590-595

2.53 Makkai, Valerie Becker    Bilingual Phonology: Systematic or Autonomous?     596-601

2.54 Tow, Richard              Old English Prosody and Descriptive Linguistics    605-612

2.55 Leskosky, Richard J.      Contextualization and the Cinema                   613-618
                               Between Insight and Explanation: Musical
2.56 Lidov, David              Linguistics                                        619-626
                               The Non-Dichotomy of Sensory and Grammatical
                               Relationships: Toward a Relational Theory of the
2.57 Preziosi, Donald          Built Environment                                  627-636
                             SPECIAL       FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION   #     YEAR EDITOR              SUBTITLE

I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
I. On Doing Linguistics --
Some Descriptions and
Suggestions                                    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
II. Phonetics and
Phonology                                      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax                     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

III. Morphology and Syntax   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

IV. Semantics and Beyond     2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

V. How Language is Used      2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VI. Linguistic Development
and Change                   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VI. Linguistic Development
and Change                   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VI. Linguistic Development
and Change                   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VI. Linguistic Development
and Change                   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

VII. Languages in Contact    2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VII. Languages in Contact   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

VII. Languages in Contact   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

VII. Languages in Contact   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

VII. Languages in Contact   2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VIII. Linguistics and the
Arts                        2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
VIII. Linguistics and the
Arts                        2   1975 Reich, Peter A.

VIII. Linguistics and the
Arts                        2   1975 Reich, Peter A.
PUBLISHER'S PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME        CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3


Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976

Hornbean
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1976
NUM   AUTHOR                    TITLE                                              PAGES

                                Why Lacus?                                         ix-xii

 1.01 Yngve, Victor H.          The Dilemma of Contemporary Linguistics            1-16
                                Language as Social Semiotic: Towards a General
 1.02 Halliday, M. A. K.        Sociolinguistic Theory                             17-46

 1.03 Di Pietro, Robert J.      The Need to be Practical                           47-56

 1.04 Bolinger, Dwight          On the Passive in English                          57-80
                                The Place of Generative Phonology in the History
 1.05 Peng, Fred C. C.          of Linguistics                                     81-119

 1.06 Bhatia, Tej K.            On the Scope of Negation in Hindi                  120-139

 1.07 Griffen, T. D.            On Describing the Cluster Prosody                  140-147

 1.08 LeGrand, Jean             Both Either and Or                                 148-156

 1.09 Mohan, Bernard            Testing Rules in Fuzzy Grammar                     157-170

 1.10 Anttila, Raimo            Revelation as Linguistic Revolution                171-176

 1.11 Slagle, Uhlan V.          A Viable Alternative to Chomskyan Rationalism      177-193
                                On 'Adequacy' of Description and Explanation in
 1.12 Baker, Will               Theories of Language Acquisition                   194-196

 1.13 Makkai, Adam              Maidson-Avenue Advertising: A Scenario             197-208

 1.14 Hodge, Carleton T.        A Set of Postulates for Comparitive Linguistics    209-216

 1.15 Algeo, John               The Acronym and its Congeners                      217-234

 1.16 Miletic, Igor             Markedness in Serbocroatian Word Accent            235-245
                                Greek Occupational Terms with Semitic
 1.17 Levin, Saul               Counterparts                                       246-263


 1.18 Wescott, Roger W.         Poetry as Self-Creation                            264-278

      Dégh, Linda & Vázsonyi,
 1.19 Andrew                    Legend and Mass Media                              279-288


                                Information, Noninformation, Zero-Information, and
 1.20 Urdang, Laurence          Conent                                             289-297


      von Raffler Engel,
 1.21 Walburga                  On the Early Acquisition of Kinesics               298-301
     Martin, James R. &
1.22 Rochester, Sherry             Cohesion and Reference in Schizophrenic Speech 302-311



1.23 Vipond, Douglas               Understanding Ambiguous Sentences                 312-328


                                   Implications of the Study of Ambiguity and
1.24 Woolley, Dale E.              Homonymity for Grammatical Theory                 329-347



1.25 Reich, Peter A.               Visible Distinctive Features                      348-356



1.26 Prost, J. H. & Smith, S. L.   Verbal Responses to Body Language                 357-371



1.27 Buttler, János                Éléments de L'encodage dans les Langues Naturelles
                                                                                372-385

                                   Pretty Damn Seldom…': on the Grammaticality of
1.28 Makkai, Valerie Becker        Ungrammatical Utterances                          386-392


1.29 Oller, John W., Jr.           On the Generation and Modification of Grammars    393-402

                                   Some Observations on Jespersen's Analytical
1.30 Zgusta, Ladislav              Syntax                                            403-410

     Card, William & McDavid,
1.31 Virginia                      The Classification of Relative Clauses            411-416

                                   A Systemic-Functional Analysis of German
1.32 Ekart, Harold                 Modality                                          417-435


1.33 Ruhl, Charles                 Primary Verbs                                     436-445

                                   Quasi-Etymological and 'Natural' Phonology as
1.34 Lockwood, David G.            Two Varieties of the Same Mistake                 446-457

                                   Latinate English Verbs and Nouns: A Synchronic,
1.35 Welch, Doris H.               Diachronic, and Panchronic Description            458-471

                                   Alternation, Transformation, Realization, and
1.36 Sullivan, William J.          Stratification Revisited                          472-522
                          On the Pedagogical Applicability of Stratificational
1.37 Babitch, Rose Mary   Grammar for Contrastive English-French Studies         523-532

                          Orthographies and Scripts: A Necessary
1.38 Herrick, Earl M.     Distinction                                            533-539


1.39 Lamb, Sydney M.      Mutations and Relations                                540-555
                             SPECIAL       FORUM
SECTION                      DESIGNATION   #     YEAR EDITOR                      SUBTITLE
                                                      Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
                                               1 1974 Valerie Becker
I. The Rehumanization of                              Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Linguistics                                    1 1974 Valerie Becker
I. The Rehumanization of                              Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Linguistics                                    1 1974 Valerie Becker
I. The Rehumanization of                              Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Linguistics                                    1 1974 Valerie Becker
II. Rumbles Within the                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Ruling Paradigm                                1 1974 Valerie Becker
II. Rumbles Within the                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Ruling Paradigm                                1 1974 Valerie Becker
II. Rumbles Within the                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Ruling Paradigm                                1 1974 Valerie Becker
II. Rumbles Within the                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Ruling Paradigm                                1 1974 Valerie Becker
II. Rumbles Within the                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Ruling Paradigm                                1 1974 Valerie Becker
II. Rumbles Within the                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Ruling Paradigm                                1 1974 Valerie Becker
III. Linguistics as                                   Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Wissenschaftspolitik                           1 1974 Valerie Becker
III. Linguistics as                                   Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Wissenschaftspolitik                           1 1974 Valerie Becker
III. Linguistics as                                   Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Wissenschaftspolitik                           1 1974 Valerie Becker
III. Linguistics as                                   Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Wissenschaftspolitik                           1 1974 Valerie Becker
IV. Philology and the                                 Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Comparitive Method                             1 1974 Valerie Becker
IV. Philology and the                                 Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Comparitive Method                             1 1974 Valerie Becker
IV. Philology and the                                 Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Comparitive Method                             1 1974 Valerie Becker
IV. Philology and the                                 Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Comparitive Method                             1 1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces              A.                               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Literature and Folklore                         1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces              A.                               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Literature and Folklore                         1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces              B.
Perception, Kinesics, and                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes                                1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces              B.
Perception, Kinesics, and                                Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes                                1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces             B.
Perception, Kinesics, and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes            1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces             B.
Perception, Kinesics, and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes            1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces             B.
Perception, Kinesics, and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes            1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces             B.
Perception, Kinesics, and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes            1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces             B.
Perception, Kinesics, and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes            1   1974 Valerie Becker
V. Linguistics and its
Interfaces             B.
Perception, Kinesics, and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Transmodal Codes            1   1974 Valerie Becker
VI. Approaches to the
Description of Natural               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Languages                   1   1974 Valerie Becker
VI. Approaches to the
Description of Natural               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Languages                   1   1974 Valerie Becker
VI. Approaches to the
Description of Natural               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Languages                   1   1974 Valerie Becker
VI. Approaches to the
Description of Natural               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Languages                   1   1974 Valerie Becker
VI. Approaches to the
Description of Natural               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Languages                   1   1974 Valerie Becker
VI. Approaches to the
Description of Natural               Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Languages                   1   1974 Valerie Becker
VII. Stratificational
Solutions to Some Old and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Some New Problems           1   1974 Valerie Becker
VII. Stratificational
Solutions to Some Old and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Some New Problems           1   1974 Valerie Becker
VII. Stratificational
Solutions to Some Old and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Some New Problems           1   1974 Valerie Becker
VII. Stratificational
Solutions to Some Old and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Some New Problems           1   1974 Valerie Becker
VII. Stratificational
Solutions to Some Old and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Some New Problems           1   1974 Valerie Becker
VII. Stratificational
Solutions to Some Old and            Makkai, Adam & Makkai,
Some New Problems           1   1974 Valerie Becker
PUBLISHER'S   PUBLISHER'S COPYRIGHT
NAME          CITY        YEAR      ISSN KEYWORD 1 KEYWORD 2 KEYWORD 3
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC     1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975


Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975
Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

Hornbeam
Press, Inc.   Columbia, SC   1975

								
To top